For Intermediate Students

Written by:
MPhil. Mathematics (Scholar)
0314-3072609
 For Intermediate Students

• Summary
• Definitions
• MCQ’S
• Important S/Q
• Important L/Q

Written by:

MPhil. Mathematics (Scholar)

0314-3072609
[email protected]
 Dedication

Dedicated to my Students
 CONTENTS

Unit Description Page

1 Functions and Limits 1
2 Differentiation 25
3 Integration 52
4 Introduction to Analytic 74
Geometry
5 Linear Inequalities and Linear 97
Programming
6 Conic Section 107
7 Vectors 124
Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
1
Functions
and Limits

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 1

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Function
Dependence of one quantity to another quantity is called Function. OR A function is a rule or
correspondence, relating two sets in such a way that each element in the first set corresponds
to one and only one element in the second set.
Example:- The area “A” of a square depends on one of its sides “x” by the formula A = 𝑥 2 , so
we say that A is a function of x.
Definition (Function-Domain-Range)
A Function f from a set X to a set Y is a rule or a correspondence that assigns to each element
x in X a unique element y in Y. The set X is called the domain of f. The set of corresponding
elements y in Y is called the range of f.
Notation and Value of a Function
If a variable y depends on a variable x in such a way that each value of x determines exactly
one value of y, then we say that “y is a function of x”.
Swiss mathematician Euler (1707-1783) invented a symbolic way to write the statement “y
is a function of x” as y = f(x), which is read as “y is equal to f of x”.
The variable x is called the independent variable of f, and the variable y is called the dependent
variable of f.

Note
Functions are often denoted by the letters such as f, g, h, F, G, H and so on.

Types of Functions
1. Polynomial Function
A function P of the form 𝑃(𝑥) = 𝑎𝑛 𝑥 𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑛−1 + 𝑎𝑛−2 𝑥 𝑛−2 + ⋯ + 𝑎2 𝑥 2 + 𝑎1 𝑥 +
𝑎0 for all x, where the coefficients 𝑎𝑛, 𝑎𝑛−1 , 𝑎𝑛−2 , .... , 𝑎2 , 𝑎1 , 𝑎0 are real numbers and the
exponents are non-negative integers, is called a polynomial function. The domain and
range of P(x) are, in general, subsets of real numbers.
Example:- 𝑃(𝑥) = 2𝑥 4 − 3𝑥 3 + 2𝑥 − 1 is a polynomial function of degree 4.

2. Linear Function
If the degree of a polynomial function is 1, then it is called a linear function. A linear
function is of the form: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 (𝑎 ≠ 0), 𝑎, 𝑏 are real numbers.
Example:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 + 4 𝑜𝑟 𝑦 = 3𝑥 + 4 is a linear function. Its domain and range
are the set of real numbers.
3. Identity Function
For any set 𝑋, a function 𝐼 ∶ 𝑋 → 𝑋 of the form 𝐼(𝑥) = 𝑥 ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 , is called an
identity function. Its domain and range is the set X itself.
Example:- if 𝑋 = 𝑅 , then 𝐼(𝑥) = 𝑥 , for all x∈ R is the identity function.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 2

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

4. Constant Function
Let X and Y be sets of real numbers. A function 𝐶 ∶ 𝑋 → 𝑌 defined by 𝐶(𝑥) = 𝑎, ∀ 𝑥 ∈
𝑋 , 𝑎 ∈ 𝑌 and fixed is called a constant function.
Example:- 𝐶 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 defined by 𝐶(𝑥) = 2, ∀ x ∈ R is a constant function

5. Rational Function
𝑃(𝑥)
A function 𝑅(𝑥) of the form 𝑄(𝑥) where both 𝑃(𝑥) and 𝑄(𝑥) are polynomial functions and
𝑄(𝑥) ≠ 0, is called a rational function. The domain of a rational function 𝑅(𝑥) is the set
of all real numbers 𝑥 for which 𝑄(𝑥) ≠ 0.
𝑥 2 −2 2𝑥 2 −3𝑥−3
Example:- ,
𝑥−1 𝑥 2 +9

6. Trigonometric Function
The functions 𝑦 = sin 𝑥 . 𝑦 = cos 𝑥 , 𝑦 = tan 𝑥 , 𝑦 = cosec 𝑥 , 𝑦 = sec 𝑥 , 𝑦 = cot 𝑥 are
called Trigonometric Functions.
Domain & Range of Trigonometric Functions
Function Domain Range
𝑦 = sin 𝑥 Set of all Real Numbers −1 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 1
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞

𝑦 = cos 𝑥 Set of all Real Numbers −1 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 1

OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞
𝑦 = tan 𝑥 2𝑛 + 1 Set of all Real Numbers
𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧}
2 OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞
2𝑛+1
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞, 𝑥 ≠ ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧
2

𝑦 = cot 𝑥 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} Set of all Real Numbers

OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞, 𝑥 ≠ 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧 OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞

𝑦 = sec 𝑥 2𝑛 + 1 𝑦 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑦 ≤ −1
𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧}
2
2𝑛+1
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞, 𝑥 ≠ ( 2 ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧

𝑦 = cosec 𝑥 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} 𝑦 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑦 ≤ −1

OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞, 𝑥 ≠ 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧

7. Inverse Trigonometric Function

The functions 𝑦 = sin−1 𝑥 . 𝑦 = cos −1 𝑥 , 𝑦 = tan−1 𝑥 , 𝑦 = cosec −1 𝑥 , 𝑦 = sec −1 𝑥, 𝑦 =
cot −1 𝑥 are called Inverse Trigonometric Functions.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 3

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Domain & Range of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

Function Domain Range

−1
𝑦 = sin 𝑥 −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 Set of all Real Numbers
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞

𝑦 = cos −1 𝑥 −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 Set of all Real Numbers

OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞
𝑦 = tan−1 𝑥 Set of all Real Numbers 2𝑛 + 1
𝑅 − {𝑦|𝑦 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧}
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞ 2
2𝑛+1
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞, 𝑦 ≠ ( 2 ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧

𝑦 = cot −1 𝑥 Set of all Real Numbers 𝑅 − {𝑦|𝑦 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧}

OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞ OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞, 𝑦 ≠ 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧

𝑦 = sec −1 𝑥 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 2𝑛 + 1
𝑅 − {𝑦|𝑦 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧}
2
2𝑛+1
OR −∞ ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ∞, 𝑦 ≠ ( 2 ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧

𝑦 = cosec −1 𝑥 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧}

OR −∞ ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞, 𝑥 ≠ 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧

8. Exponential Function
A function, in which the variable appears as exponent (power), is called an exponential
function.
Example:- 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥 , 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 , 𝑦 = 2𝑥 , 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥 ln 2 etc.

9. Logarithmic Function
The functions 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 , where 𝑎 > 0, 𝑎 ≠ 1 is called Logarithmic Function of x.
(i) If 𝑎 = 10, then we have 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑥 (written as log x) which is known as the common
logarithm of x.
(ii) If 𝑎 = 𝑒, then we have 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 (written as 𝐼𝑛 𝑥) which is known as the natural
logarithm of x.

Note 𝐼𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑎 𝑦 ⇔ 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 4

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

10.Hyperbolic Function
𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 2
sinh 𝑥 = cosech 𝑥 =
2 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥
𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 2
cosh 𝑥 = sech 𝑥 = 𝑥
2 𝑒 + 𝑒 −𝑥
𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥
tanh 𝑥 = 𝑥 coth 𝑥 = 𝑥
𝑒 + 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑒 − 𝑒 −𝑥

11.Inverse Hyperbolic Functions

The inverse hyperbolic functions are expressed in terms of natural logarithms.

sinh−1 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1) , ∀ 𝑥 1 √1 + 𝑥 2
cosech−1 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 ( + ),𝑥 ≠ 0
𝑥 |𝑥|

cosh−1 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1) , 𝑥 ≥ 1 1 √1 − 𝑥 2
sech−1 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 ( + ),0 < 𝑥 ≤ 1
𝑥 𝑥
1 1+𝑥 1 𝑥+1
tanh−1 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 ( ) , |𝑥| < 1 coth−1 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 ( ) , |𝑥| < 1
2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1

12.Explicit Function
If “y” is easily expressed in terms of the independent variable “x”, then “y” is called
an explicit function of “x”. Symbolically it can be written as 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥).
Example:- (𝑖) 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 1 (𝑖𝑖) 𝑦 = 𝑥 − 1 are explicit functions of x.

13.Implicit Function
If x and y are so mixed up and 𝑦 cannot be expressed in terms of the independent
variable x, then y is called an implicit function of x. Symbolically it is written as
𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 0.
𝑥𝑦 2 −𝑦+9
Example:- (𝑖) 𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 2 (𝑖𝑖) = 1 are implicit functions of x and y.
𝑥𝑦

14.Parametric Functions
Sometimes a curve is described by expressing both 𝑥 and 𝑦 as function of a third
variable “𝑡” or “𝜃” which is called a parameter. The equations of the type 𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑡)
and 𝑦 = 𝑔(𝑡) are called the parametric equations of the curve.
Example: - The functions of the form:
(i) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑡
(ii) 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑎 sin 𝜃
are called parametric functions. Here the variable t or 𝜃 is called parameter.

15.Even Function

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 5

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

A function f is said to be even if 𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) , for every number x in the domain of
f.
Example:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 and 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 are even functions of x.
Here 𝑓(−𝑥) = (−𝑥)2 = 𝑥 2 = 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (−𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥)

16.Odd Function
A function 𝑓 is said to be odd if 𝑓(−𝑥) = − 𝑓(𝑥) , for every number x in the domain
of f.
Example:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 and 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 are odd functions of x.
Here 𝑓(−𝑥) = (−𝑥)3 = −𝑥 3 = −𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (−𝑥) = −𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 = −𝑓(𝑥)

Composition of Function
Let f be a function from set X to set Y and g be a function from set Y to set Z. The composition
of f and g is a function, denoted by 𝑔𝑜𝑓, from X to Z and is defined by
(𝑔𝑜𝑓)(𝑥) = 𝑔(𝑓(𝑥)) = 𝑔𝑓(𝑥) , for all x ∈ X.

Note (i) In general, 𝑔𝑓 (𝑥) ≠ 𝑓𝑔 (𝑥).

(ii) We usually write f f as 𝑓 2 and 𝑓𝑓𝑓 as 𝑓 3 and so on.

Inverse of a Function
Let f be a one-one function from X onto Y. The inverse function of 𝑓 denoted by 𝑓 −1 , is a
function from Y onto X and is defined by: 𝑥 = 𝑓 −1 (𝑦), ∀ 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 if and only if 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥),
∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋.
Limit of a Function
Let a function 𝒇(𝒙) be defined in an open interval near the number “a” (need not be at a).
If, as x approaches “a” from both left and right side of “a”, 𝒇(𝒙) approaches a specific number
“L” then “L”, is called the limit of 𝒇(𝒙) as x approaches a.
Symbolically it is written as:
lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐿 read as “limit of 𝑓(𝑥), as 𝑥 → 𝑎 , is 𝐿”.
𝑥→𝑎

Theorem on Limits of Function

Let f and g be two functions, for which lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐿 𝑎𝑛𝑑 lim 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑀 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎
Theorem 1: - The limit of the sum of two functions is equal to the sum of their limits.
lim [ 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑔(𝑥)] = lim 𝑓(𝑥) + lim 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝐿 + 𝑀
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎
Theorem 2: - The limit of the difference of two functions is equal to the difference of their
limits.
lim [ 𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑔(𝑥)] = lim 𝑓(𝑥) − lim 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝐿 − 𝑀
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎
Theorem 3: - If k is any real number, then
lim [k𝑓(𝑥)] = 𝑘lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑘𝐿
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎
Theorem 4: - The limit of the product of the functions is equal to the product of their limits.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 6

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

lim [ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑔(𝑥)] = [lim𝑓(𝑥)][lim 𝑔(𝑥)] = 𝐿𝑀

𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎
Theorem 5: - The limit of the quotient of the functions is equal to the quotient of their limits
provided the limit of the denominator is non-zero.
𝑓(𝑥) lim 𝑓(𝑥) 𝐿
lim ( ) = 𝑥→𝑎 =
𝑥→𝑎 𝑔(𝑥) lim 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑀
𝑥→𝑎
Theorem 6: - Limit of [𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 where 𝑛 is an integer.
𝑛
lim [𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 = (lim 𝑓(𝑥))
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥→𝑎

Limits of Important Function

𝑥 𝑛 −𝑎𝑛
1. lim = 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1 . where n is an integer 𝑎 > 0
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥−𝑎
𝑥+𝑎−√𝑎 1
2. lim √ 𝑥
=2
√𝑎
𝑥→0
1 𝑛 1⁄
3. (𝑖) lim (1 + 𝑛) = 𝑒 (𝑖𝑖) lim(1 + 𝑥) 𝑥 =𝑒
𝑛→∞ 𝑥→0
𝑎 𝑥 −1 𝑒 𝑥 −1
4. (𝑖) Lim = log 𝑒 𝑎 (𝑖𝑖) Lim = log 𝑒 𝑒 = 1
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑥
sin 𝜃
5. Lim 𝜃
= 1 (Where 𝜃 is measured in radian)
𝜃→0
The Sandwich Theorem
Let 𝑓, 𝑔 and ℎ be three functions such that 𝑓(𝑥) ≤ 𝑔(𝑥) ≤ ℎ(𝑥) for all numbers x in some
open interval (∀𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏)) containing “𝑐”, except possibly at c itself.
If lim𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐿 𝑎𝑛𝑑 lim𝑔(𝑥) = 𝐿, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 limℎ(𝑥) = 𝐿
𝑥→𝑐 𝑥→𝑐 𝑥→𝑐

Continuity of a Function
1. continuous Function
A function f is said to be continuous at a number “c” if and only if the following three
conditions are satisfied:
(𝑖) 𝑓 (𝑐) is defined. (ii) lim𝑓(𝑥) exists (iii) lim𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑐)
𝑥→𝑐 𝑥→𝑐
2. Discontinuous Function
If one or more of these three conditions fail to hold at “c”, then the function f is said to
be discontinuous at “c”.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 7

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct answer.
1 The term which are used to explain the relationship between the variables or quantities
are called
a Domain b Range c Function d Formula
2 The term function was recognized by a German Mathematician
a Leibnitz b Newton c Euler d Cauchy
3 The area A of a square depends on its
a sides b diagonals c radius d none
4 A ____ is a rule or correspondence, relating two sets in such a way that each element
in the first set corresponds to one and only one element in the second set.
a Domain b Range c Function d Formula
5 If 𝑦 is the function of 𝑥, the mathematically it can be written as
a 𝑥=𝑦 b 𝑥 = 𝑦(𝑥) c 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) d 𝑦 = 𝑥 −1
6 Which mathematician invented a symbolic way to write the statement “ 𝑦 is the
function of 𝑥"
a Leibnitz b Newton c Euler d Cauchy
7 If 𝑦 is the function of 𝑥 i.e. 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) then 𝑥 is called
a Dependent b Independent c constants d Both a & b
variable variable
8 If 𝑦 is the function of 𝑥 i.e. 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) then 𝑦 is called
a Dependent b Independent c constants d Both a & b
variable variable
9 If 𝑦 is the function of 𝑥, the mathematically it can be written as
a 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) b 𝑓: 𝑥 → 𝑦 c 𝑥 = 𝑦(𝑥) d Both a & b
10 If 𝑓: 𝑥 → 𝑦 be a function then x is called
a Domain b Range c Co-domain d Both a and c
11 If 𝑓: 𝑥 → 𝑦 be a function then y is called
a Domain b Range c Co-domain d None
12 The area A of a circle as a function of its circumference C is
a 𝜋𝑟 2 b 2𝜋𝑟 c 𝐶2 d 𝐶
4𝜋 2𝜋

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 8

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

13 The volume V of a cube as a function of its base

a 2⁄ b 2𝐴 c 3⁄ d 4𝐴
𝐴 3 𝐴 2

14 The parameter P of a square as a function of its area A is

a √𝐴 b 2√𝐴 c 3√𝐴 d 4√𝐴
15 If a function is define on R (set of real numbers) then it is called
a Complex valued b Real Valued c Linear d none
16 A function which is defined by algebraic expressions are called _____ functions.
a Trigonometric b Hyperbolic c Inverse hyperbolic d Algebraic
17 A function in which variable appear as an exponent is called ____ function.
a Hyperbolic b Exponential c Rational d None of these
18 A function of the form 𝐼(𝑥) = 𝑥, ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 (X be any set) is called _____ function.
a Identity b Constant c Linear d Rational
19 If 𝐶: 𝑅 → 𝑅 define by 𝐶(𝑥) = 2, ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅 is called
a Identity b Constant c Linear d Rational
20 If the degree of polynomial function is 1 then it is called _____ function.
a Identity b Constant c Linear d None of these
21 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 4 − 3𝑥 3 + 2𝑥 − 1 is a polynomial function of degree
a 4 b 3 c 2 d 1
22 The domain & range of the polynomial function in general is
a Natural b Real numbers c Non-negative real d Positive real
numbers numbers numbers
23 The domain and range of identity function is
a Natural b Real numbers c Non-negative real d Positive real
numbers numbers numbers
24 Which one is constant function?
a 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 b 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥 c 𝑓(𝑥) = 5 d None of these
25 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 , then domain of 𝑓 is
a Set of all real b Set of all non- c Set of natural d None of these
numbers negative numbers numbers
26 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 , then range of 𝑓 is
a Set of all real b Set of all non- c Set of natural d None of these
numbers negative numbers numbers

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 9

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑥
27 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 −4, then domain of 𝑓 is

a Set of all real b Set of all non- c Set of natural d Set of all real
numbers negative numbers numbers numbers except
−2 & 2
𝑥
28 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 −4, then range of 𝑓 is

a Set of all real b Set of all non- c Set of natural d Set of all real
numbers negative numbers numbers numbers except
−2 & 2
29 Let 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 2 − 9 then domain of 𝑓 is
a All real b [3, +∞) c (−∞, −3]⋃[3, +∞) d (−∞, −3]
numbers
30 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 1, then domain of 𝑓 is
a Set of all real b Set of all non- c Set of natural d Set of all real
numbers negative numbers numbers numbers except
−2 & 2
31 If 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 + 1 then domain of 𝑓 is
a [−1, ∞) b (−∞, ∞) c [0, ∞) d [−1,1]
32 If 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 + 1 then range of 𝑓 is
a 𝑅 b (−∞, ∞) c [0, ∞) d [−1,1]
33 The range of 𝑓(𝑥) = 2 + √𝑥 − 1
a (−1, ∞) b [0, ∞) c [2, ∞) d [−2, ∞)
34 Domain of sine function is
2𝑛 + 1
a All Real b 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} c 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} d All natural
2

Numbers Numbers
35 Domain of cosine function is
2𝑛 + 1
a All Real b 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} c 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} d All natural
2

Numbers Numbers
36 Domain of tangent function is
2𝑛 + 1
a All Real b 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} c 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} d All natural
2

Numbers Numbers
37 Domain of cotangent function is

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 10

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

2𝑛 + 1
a All Real b 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} c 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} d All natural
2

Numbers Numbers
38 Domain of secant function is
2𝑛 + 1
a All Real b 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} c 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} d All natural
2

Numbers Numbers
39 Domain of cosecant function is
2𝑛 + 1
a All Real b 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = ( ) 𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} c 𝑅 − {𝑥|𝑥 = 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑧} d All natural
2

Numbers Numbers
40 The domain of 𝑦 = sin−1 𝑥 is
a −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 b All real numbers c 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 d 0<𝑥<𝜋

41 The domain of 𝑦 = cos−1 𝑥 is

a −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 b All real numbers c 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 d 0<𝑥<𝜋

42 The domain of 𝑦 = tan−1 𝑥 is

a −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 b All real numbers c 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 d 0<𝑥<𝜋

43 The domain of 𝑦 = cot −1 𝑥 is

a −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 b All real numbers c 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 d 0<𝑥<𝜋

44 The domain of 𝑦 = sec −1 𝑥 is

a −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 b All real numbers c 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 d 0<𝑥<𝜋

45 The domain of 𝑦 = cosec −1 𝑥 is

a −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1 b All real numbers c 𝑥 ≥ 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ −1 d 0<𝑥<𝜋

46 sinh 𝑥 =
a 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 b 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 c 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 d 2
2 2 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥
47 cosh 𝑥 =
a 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 b 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 c 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 d 2
2 2 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥
48 tanh 𝑥 =
a 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 b 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 c 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 d 2
2 2 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥
49 If 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 and 𝑎 = 10 then 𝑦 is known as
a Common b Natural c Exponential d None of these
logarithm logarithm function

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 11

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

50 If 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 and 𝑎 = 𝑒 then 𝑦 is known as

a Common b Natural c Exponential d None of these
logarithm logarithm function
51 If y is easily expressed in terms of independent variable x, then y is called ___function.
a Implicit b Explicit c Parametric d Even
52 Symbolically explicit function written as
a 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) b 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 0 c 𝑦 = 𝑓(−𝑥) d None of these
53 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 1 is example of _____ function
a Implicit b Explicit c Parametric d Even
54 If x and y are so mixed up and 𝑦 cannot be expressed in terms of the independent
variable x, then y is called a/an ____ function.
a Implicit b Explicit c Parametric d Even
55 Symbolically implicit function written as
a 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) b 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 0 c 𝑦 = 𝑓(−𝑥) d None of these
56 𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 2 is example of _____ function.
a Implicit b Explicit c Parametric d Even
57 The functions of the form 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑡 is known as ____ function.
a Implicit b Explicit c Parametric d Even
58 The equations 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑡 represents
a Circle b Line c Parabola d Hyperbola
59 The equations 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡 represents
a Circle b Line c Parabola d Hyperbola
60 cosh2 − sinh2 𝑥 = ______
a sinh2 𝑥 b 0 c 1 d 2
61 sinh−1 𝑥 =
a 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1) b 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1) c 1 1+𝑥 d 1 𝑥+1
𝑙𝑛 ( ) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1
62 cosh−1 𝑥
a 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1) b 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1) c 1 1+𝑥 d 1 𝑥+1
𝑙𝑛 ( ) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1
63 tanh−1 𝑥
a 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1) b 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1) c 1 1+𝑥 d 1 𝑥+1
𝑙𝑛 ( ) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 12

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

64 coth−1 𝑥
a 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1) b 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1) c 1 1+𝑥 d 1 𝑥+1
𝑙𝑛 ( ) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1
65 sech−1 𝑥
a 1 √1 − 𝑥 2 b 1 √1 + 𝑥 2 c 1 1+𝑥 d 1 𝑥+1
𝑙𝑛 ( + ) 𝑙𝑛 ( + ) 𝑙𝑛 ( ) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 |𝑥| 2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1
66 cosech−1 𝑥
a 1 √1 − 𝑥 2 b 1 √1 + 𝑥 2 c 1 1+𝑥 d 1 𝑥+1
𝑙𝑛 ( + ) 𝑙𝑛 ( + ) 𝑙𝑛 ( ) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 |𝑥| 2 1−𝑥 2 𝑥−1
67 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 2𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 1 then 𝑓(−2) = ___
a −1 b 2 c −25 d −23
68 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 − 𝑥, then 𝑓(0) = ___
a 1 b 0 c −1 d 3
69 If 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 − 12 then 𝑓(16) = ____
a 16 b 12 c 28 d 2
70 If 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 + 4 then 𝑓(𝑥 2 + 4) = ____
a √𝑥 2 + 4 b √𝑥 2 + 8 c √𝑥 2 − 8 d 𝑥−8

71 2⁄
If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 6 then 𝑓(0) = ____
a 1 b 4 c 6 d 0
72 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 then 𝑓(−2) = ____
a 2 b 0 c 6 d −6
73 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 5 then 𝑓(2) = ____
a 1 b 9 c −9 d 10
74 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 2 then 𝑓(−2) = _____
a 0 b 1 c 2 d −2
75 The parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝑡 , 𝑦 = 𝑎 sin 𝑡 represents the equation
a 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 b 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 c 𝑥2 𝑦2 d 𝑥2 𝑦2
+ =1 − =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎2 𝑏 2
76 The parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡 represents parametric equation
a 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 b 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 c 𝑥2 𝑦2 d 𝑥2 𝑦2
+ =1 − =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎2 𝑏 2
77 The parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 sin 𝜃 represents the equation

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 13

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 b 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 c 𝑥2 𝑦2 d 𝑥2 𝑦2
+ =1 − =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎2 𝑏 2
78 The parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 tan 𝜃 represents the equation
a 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 b 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 c 𝑥2 𝑦2 d 𝑥2 𝑦2
+ =1 − =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎2 𝑏 2
79 The function 𝑦 = 𝑎 𝑥 is called ____ function
a Algebraic b Trigonometric c Exponential d Identity
80 A function f is said to be ____ if 𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥).
a Implicit b Explicit c Parametric d Even
81 A function f is said to be ____ if 𝑓(−𝑥) = − 𝑓(𝑥).
a Implicit b Explicit c Odd d Even
82 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 then 𝑓(𝑥) is
a Even function b Odd function c Rational function d None of these
83 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 then 𝑓(𝑥) is
a Even function b Odd function c Rational function d None of these
84 The function 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥 + 2)2 is
a Even function b Odd function c Both even & odd d Neither even
nor odd
85 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 then 𝑓(𝑥) is ____
a Constant b Even function c Odd function d Neither even
function nor odd
3𝑥
86 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 +1 then 𝑓(𝑥) is ____

a Constant b Even function c Odd function d Neither even

function nor odd
87 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 is ____ function.
a Odd b Even c Both even & odd d Neither even
nor odd
88 2⁄
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 is ____ function
a Odd b Even c Both even & odd d Neither even
nor odd
89 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥 is ____ function.
a Constant b Quadratic c Even d Odd

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 14

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

90 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 then 𝑓(𝑥) is ____

a Constant b Even function c Odd function d Neither even
function nor odd
91 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 then 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓(−𝑥) = _____
a 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 b 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 c −2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 d 0
92 If 𝑓: 𝑥 → 𝑦 be a function then inverse of 𝑓 is define as
a 𝑓 −1 (𝑦) = 𝑥 b 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) c 𝑓 −1 (𝑥) = 𝑦 d None of these
93 Only ____ function will have its inverse.
a On-to b In-to c Bijective d None of these
94 If 𝑓(𝑥) = −2𝑥 + 6, then 𝑓 −1 (𝑥) = ______
a 2−𝑥 b 2 c 6−𝑥 d 2𝑥 − 6
6 6−𝑥 2
95 If 𝑓(𝑥) = −2𝑥 + 8, then 𝑓 −1 (𝑥) = ______
a 𝑥+8 b 2 c 8−𝑥 d 𝑥−8
2 8−𝑥 2 2
96 𝑓𝑜𝑓 −1 (𝑥) is _____ function.
a Constant b Identity c Even d Exponential
97 If "𝑓" be a bijective function then 𝑓(𝑓 −1 (𝑥)) equal to
a 𝑥 b 𝑓(𝑥) c 𝑓 −1 (𝑥) d None of these
98 A rule that assigns to each element 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 a unique element 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 is called a function
from.
a 𝑋 to 𝑋 b 𝑌 to 𝑌 c 𝑋 to 𝑌 d 𝑌 to 𝑋
99 If 𝑦 is image of 𝑥 under the function 𝑓, we write it as
a 𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥) b 𝑦 ≠ 𝑓(𝑥) c 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) d 𝑦=𝑥
100 The composition of two functions 𝑓 and 𝑔 is denoted by
a 𝑔𝑓(𝑥) b (𝑔𝑜𝑓)𝑥 c 𝑔×𝑓 d Both a and b
101 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥 then 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥) is
a 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 b 𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥 c 𝑥 d None of these
102 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1 and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 1 then 𝑓𝑔(𝑥) is
a 𝑥 4 − 2𝑥 2 b 4𝑥 + 3 c 4𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 d 2𝑥 2 − 1
103 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1 and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 1 then 𝑔2 (𝑥) is
a 𝑥 4 − 2𝑥 2 b 4𝑥 + 3 c 4𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 d 2𝑥 2 − 1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 15

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

104 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1 and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 1 then 𝑔𝑓(𝑥) is

a 𝑥 4 − 2𝑥 2 b 4𝑥 + 3 c 4𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 d 2𝑥 2 − 1
105 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1 and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 1 then 𝑓 2 (𝑥) is
a 𝑥 4 − 2𝑥 2 b 4𝑥 + 3 c 4𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 d 2𝑥 2 − 1
106 1
If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 then 𝑓𝑜𝑓 = ____

a 𝑥2 b 𝑥4 c 1 d 1
𝑥4
107 If 𝑃(𝑥) be a polynomial function then lim𝑃(𝑥) = _____
𝑥→𝑐

a 𝑃(𝑥) b 𝑃(𝑐) c 𝑐𝑃(𝑥) d None of these

108 If x approaches “a” from both left and right side of “a”, 𝒇(𝒙) approaches a specific
number “L” then “L”, is called
a Inverse of b Domain of 𝑓(𝑥) c Range of 𝑓(𝑥) d Limit of 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓(𝑥)
𝑎
109 If 𝑝 be a positive rational number and 𝑥 𝑝 is defined, then lim is equal to
𝑥→∞ 𝑥 𝑝

a 𝑝 b 𝑥 c ∞ d 0
110 𝑥 𝑛 − 𝑎𝑛
lim = _______
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎

a 𝑎𝑛−1 b 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1 c 𝑛𝑎 d 1
111 1 𝑛
lim (1 + ) = ________
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
a 1 b 𝑒 c 𝑛 d ∞
1⁄
112 lim(1 + 𝑥) 𝑥 = ____
𝑥→0

a 1 b 𝑒 c 𝑛 d ∞
113 𝑎𝑥 − 1
Lim = _________
𝑥→0 𝑥
a log 𝑎 b log 𝑎 𝑒 c log 𝑒 𝑎 d 1
114 𝑒𝑥 − 1
Lim = ___________
𝑥→0 𝑥
a log 𝑎 b log 𝑎 𝑒 c log 𝑒 𝑎 d 1
115 sin 𝜃
Lim 𝜃
= _______ (where 𝜃 is measured in radian)
𝜃→0

a 𝑒 b −1 c 1 d 0
116 lim (𝑒 𝑥 ) = _____
𝑥→∞

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 16

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 1 b 𝑒 c 𝑛 d ∞
117 1
lim = _______
𝑥→∞ 𝑥

a ∞ b 1 c 0 d −1
118 1⁄
lim (1 + 2ℎ) ℎ = _____
ℎ→0

a 𝑒2 b 𝑒 c 0 d 1
119 sin7 𝜃
Lim = _______
𝜃→0 𝜃
a 1 b 7 c 0 d 𝑒
120 1 𝑛
lim (1 − ) = ________
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
a 1 b 𝑒 c 𝑛 d 𝑒 −1
121 1 𝑛
lim (1 + ) = ________
𝑛→∞ 3𝑛
a 𝑒2 b 𝑒3 c 𝑒
1⁄
3 d 1
𝑒3
122 𝑥3 − 𝑥
lim = _______
𝑥→1 𝑥 − 1

a 3 b 2 c 1 d 0
123 1 − cos 𝑝𝜃
Lim =
𝜃→0 1 − cos 𝑞𝜃

a 𝑝2 b 𝑝 c 0 d 1
𝑞2 𝑞
124 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑥
Lim =
𝑥→0 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑏𝑥

a 𝑏 b 𝑎 c 𝑎2 d 𝑏2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑏2 𝑎2
125 √𝑥 − √2
lim = ________
𝑛→2 𝑥 − 2

a 2√2 b 1 c √2 d ∞
2√2
126 𝑥−2
lim = ________
𝑛→2 √𝑥 − √2
a 2√2 b 1 c √2 d ∞
2√2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 17

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

127 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝜃
lim = ________
𝜃→0 𝜃
a ∞ b 0 c 1 d 𝑒
128 𝑥 3 − 𝑎3
lim = _______
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎

a ∞ b 3𝑎2 c 2𝑎2 d 2𝑎
129 𝑥 2 − 𝑎2
lim = _______
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎

a ∞ b 3𝑎2 c 2𝑎2 d 2𝑎
130 𝑥
lim = _______
𝑥→0 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥

a 2 b 1 c 1 d −2
−
2 2
131 𝑥
lim = _______
𝑥→0 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥

a ∞ b 0 c 1 d a
132 A function f is said to be continuous at a number “c” if
a 𝑓 (𝑐) is b lim𝑓(𝑥) exists c lim𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑐) d All of these
𝑥→𝑐 𝑥→𝑐
defined.
133 A function f is said to be discontinuous at a number “c” if
a 𝑓 (𝑐) is b lim𝑓(𝑥) exists c lim𝑓(𝑥) ≠ 𝑓(𝑐) d None of these
𝑥→𝑐 𝑥→𝑐
defined.
134 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 5 is continuous at
a 2 b 3 c −2 d Set of real
numbers
𝑥
135 The function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 −4 is discontinuous at :

a 0 b 1 c ±2 d ±1
136 Let 𝑓, 𝑔 and ℎ be three functions such that 𝑓(𝑥) ≤ 𝑔(𝑥) ≤ ℎ(𝑥) for all numbers x in
some open interval (∀𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏)) containing “𝑐”, except possibly at c itself is called
a Quotient b Sandwich c Limit Theorem d None of these
Theorem Theorem
137 𝑥 2 −9
If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥−3
then lim 𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑥→−3

a −3 b ∞ c 0 d 3

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 18

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

138 If 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥 − 5| then lim𝑓(𝑥) =

𝑥→5

a 0 b ∞ c 1 d −1
139 2𝑥 + 1 𝑖𝑓 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2
If 𝑓(𝑥) = { then 𝑓(2) =
7 − 𝑥 𝑖𝑓 2 < 𝑥 < 4
a 2 b 3 c 4 d 5
140 𝑥+2 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≤ −1
If 𝑓(𝑥) = { and lim 𝑓(𝑥) exists then 𝑐 = _____
𝑐+2 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > −1 𝑥→−1

a 2 b −2 c 1 d −1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 19

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
c a a c c c b a d a
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
b c c d b d b a b c
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
a b b c a b d a c a
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
a c c a a b c b c a
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
a b b c c a b c a b
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
b a b a b a c a c c
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
a b c d a b d b d b
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
c c b c a b c d c d
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
c b a d c c d b c b
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
b a c c c b a d c d
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
c d a c b b b d d b
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
b b b d c d c a b d
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130
c b a b b a b b d b
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
c d c d c b c a d d

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 20

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. What is function?
1
2. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 2𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 − 1 then find (i) 𝑓 (𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑓(1) (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝑓(1 + 𝑥)
3. Find domain and range of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2
𝑥
4. Find domain and range of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2−4
5. Find domain and range of 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 2 − 9
6. Define a polynomial function of degree n.
7. Define Linear Function. Give example.
8. Define Identity Function with example.
9. Define Constant Function. Give one example.
10. Define Rational Function. Give example.
11. Define Exponential Function. Give example.
12. What is Implicit Function? Give example.
13. What is Explicit Function? Give example.
14. Define Even Function. Give one example.
15. Define Odd Function. Give example.
16. Show that the parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝑡 , 𝑦 = 𝑎 sin 𝑡 represents the equation of circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2
17. Prove the identity cosh2 𝑥 − sinh2 𝑥 = 1
18. Prove the identity cosh2 𝑥 + sinh2 𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ2𝑥
3𝑥
19. Determine whether the given function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 +1 is even or odd.
20. Determine whether the given function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 is even or odd.
21. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 then find (𝑖) 𝑓(𝑥 − 1) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑓(−2)
22. For the function 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 + 4, find (𝑖) 𝑓(𝑥 − 1) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑓(𝑥 2 + 4)
𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)
23. Find ℎ
and simplify where 𝑓(𝑥) = 6𝑥 − 9
𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)
24. Find ℎ
and simplify where 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝑓(𝑎+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑎)
25. Find ℎ
and simplify where 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
26. Express perimeter P of a square as a function of its area A.
27. Express the area A of a circle as a function of its circumference C.
28. Express the volume V of a cube as a function of its base.
29. Find domain and range of 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 2 − 4
30. Find domain and range of 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 + 1
31. Find domain and range of 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥 − 3|
32. Given 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 1, if 𝑓(2) = −3 and 𝑓(−1) = 0. Find the values of 𝑎 and
𝑏.
33. Show that 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡 represents parametric equation of parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥.
34. Show that the parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 sin 𝜃 represents the equation of
𝑥2 𝑦2
ellipse 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 = 1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 21

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

35. Show that the parametric equation 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 tan 𝜃 represents the equation of
hyperbola
𝑥2 𝑦2
− =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2
36. Prove the identity 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ2𝑥 = 2𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥
37. Prove the identity sech2 𝑥 = 1 − tanh2 𝑥
38. Determine whether the given function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 is even or odd.
39. Determine whether the given function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥√𝑥 2 + 5 is even or odd.
2⁄
40. Check whether the given function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 6 is even or odd.
𝑥 3 −𝑥
41. Determine whether the given function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 +1 is even or odd.
42. For any real valued function ‘𝑓’ and ‘𝑔’ defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1, 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 1. Find
(𝑖) 𝑓𝑜𝑔(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝑓 2 (𝑥)
43. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1 then find 𝑓 −1 (𝑥).
44. Without finding inverse, state domain & range of 𝑓 −1 when 𝑓(𝑥) = 2 + √𝑥 − 1
3
45. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1, 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥−1 , 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑔(𝑥).
1
46. For the function 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 + 1 , 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 find (𝑖) 𝑓𝑜𝑔(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥)
1 1
47. For the function 𝑓(𝑥) = , 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 find (𝑖) 𝑓𝑜𝑔(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥)
√𝑥−1
2
48. For the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 − 2𝑥 2 , 𝑔(𝑥) =
4
find (𝑖) 𝑓𝑜𝑔(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥)
√𝑥
49. For the function 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 − 1, find 𝑓𝑜𝑓(𝑥).
50. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 1, 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 1, 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥).
1
51. If 𝑓(𝑥) = , 𝑔(𝑥) = (𝑥 2 + 1)2 find (𝑖) 𝑓𝑜𝑔(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥) (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 𝑓𝑜𝑓(𝑥)
√𝑥−1
1
52. For any real valued function of 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 , find 𝑔𝑜𝑔(𝑥)
53. For real valued function of 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 3 + 7, find 𝑓 −1 (𝑥).
54. If 𝑓(𝑥) = −2𝑥 + 8 then find 𝑓 −1 (𝑥) and 𝑓 −1 (−1)
55. If 𝑓(𝑥) = (−𝑥 + 9)3 then find 𝑓 −1 (𝑥)
1
56. Without finding inverse, state domain & range of 𝑓 −1 when 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥+3
𝑥−1
57. Without finding inverse, state domain & range of 𝑓 −1 when 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥−4 , 𝑥 ≠ 4.
58. Without finding inverse, state domain & range of 𝑓 −1 when 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥 − 5)2 , 𝑥 ≥ 5.
√𝑥+𝑎−√𝑎 1
59. Prove that Lim 𝑥
=2
𝑥→0 √𝑎
𝑥−3
60. Evaluate Lim
𝑥→3 √𝑥−√3
5𝑥 4 −10𝑥 2 +1
61. Evaluate Lim
𝑥→∞ −3𝑥 3 +10𝑥 2 +50
2−3𝑥
62. Evaluate Lim
𝑥→+∞ √3+4𝑥 2
3 2𝑛
63. Evaluate Lim (1 + 𝑛)
𝑛→∞
64. State Sandwich Theorem.
1−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃
65. Evaluate Lim 𝜃
𝜃→0
2𝑥 3 +5𝑥
66. Evaluate Lim
𝑥→−2 3𝑥−2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 22

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑥 3 −𝑥
67. Evaluate Lim
𝑥→−1 𝑥+1
𝑥 3 −8
68. Evaluate Lim 𝑥 2 +𝑥−6
𝑥→2
𝑥 3 −3𝑥 2 +3𝑥−1
69. Evaluate Lim 𝑥 3 −𝑥
𝑥→1
𝑥 𝑛 −𝑎𝑛
70. Evaluate Lim 𝑥 𝑚 −𝑎𝑚
𝑥→𝑎
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥°
71. Evaluate Lim 𝑥
𝑥→0
1−cos 𝜃
72. Evaluate Lim sin 𝜃
𝜃→0
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
73. Evaluate Lim 𝜋−𝑥
𝑥→𝜋
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑥
74. Evaluate Lim 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑏𝑥
𝑥→0
𝑥
75. Evaluate Lim 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥
𝑥→0
1−cos2 𝑥
76. Evaluate Lim 𝑥2
𝑥→0
1−cos 𝑥
77. Evaluate Lim
𝑥→0 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥
2⁄
78. Express the limit Lim(1 + 3𝑥) 𝑥 in terms of e.
𝑥→0
1⁄
79. Express the limit Lim(1 + 2𝑥 2 ) 𝑥2 in terms of e.
𝑥→0
1⁄
80. Evaluate Lim(1 − 2ℎ) ℎ .
ℎ→0
𝑥 𝑥
81. Evaluate Lim ( )
𝑥→∞ 1+𝑥
82. Define Left Hand Limit & Right Hand Limit.
83. Give three conditions for a function 𝑓(𝑥) to be continuous at a number ‘c’.
84. What is Discontinuous Function? Give any example and sketch graphically
𝑥 2 −9
85. Discuss continuity of 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥−3
at 𝑥 = 3.
86. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 5 then find left hand and right hand limit of 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑎𝑡 𝑥 = 1
87. If 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥 − 5| then find left hand and right hand limit of 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑎𝑡 𝑥 = 5.
2𝑥 + 5 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≤ 2
88. Discuss continuity of 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑎𝑡 𝑥 = 2 when 𝑓(𝑥) = {
4𝑥 + 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > 2
𝑥 + 2 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≤ −1
89. If 𝑓(𝑥) = { find c so that Lim 𝑓(𝑥) exist.
𝑐 + 2 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > −1 𝑥→−1
𝑚𝑥 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 < 3
90. Find the value of 𝑚, such that function is continuous at 𝑥 = 3 if 𝑓(𝑥) = { 2
𝑥 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≥ 3

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 23

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

1. For the real valued function If 𝑓(𝑥) = (−𝑥 + 9)3 , find (𝑖) 𝑓 −1 (𝑥) (𝑖𝑖) 𝑓 −1 (−1) and
verify that 𝑓(𝑓 −1 (𝑥) ) = 𝑓 −1 ( 𝑓(𝑥)) = 𝑥
𝑎𝑥 −1
2. Evaluate Lim 𝑥
= log 𝑒 𝑎
𝑥→0
1 𝑛
3. Prove that lim (1 + 𝑛) = 𝑒
𝑛→∞
sin 𝜃
4. If 𝜃 is measured in radian then prove that Lim 𝜃
=1
𝜃→0
sec 𝑥−cos 𝑥
5. Evaluate Lim 𝑥
𝑥→0
1−cos 𝑝𝜃
6. Evaluate Lim 1−cos 𝑞𝜃
𝜃→0
tan 𝜃−sin 𝜃
7. Evaluate Lim 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝜃
𝜃→0
1
𝑒 ⁄𝑥 −1
8. Express the limit in terms of e; Lim 1 ;𝑥 < 0
𝑥→0 𝑒 ⁄𝑥 +1
1
𝑒 ⁄𝑥 −1
9. Express the limit in terms of e; Lim 1 ;𝑥 > 0
𝑥→0 𝑒 ⁄𝑥 +1
𝑥 − 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 < 3
10. Discuss continuity of 𝑓(𝑥) at x=3 when 𝑓(𝑥) = {
2𝑥 + 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≥ 3
11. Discuss the continuity of 𝑓(𝑥) at 𝑥 = 1;
3𝑥 − 1 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 < 1
If 𝑓(𝑥) = { 4 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 1
2𝑥 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > 1
3𝑥 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≤ −2
2
12. If 𝑓(𝑥) = {𝑥 − 1 𝑖𝑓 − 2 < 𝑥 < 2
3 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≥ 2
Discuss the continuity at 𝑥 = 2 and 𝑥 = −2
13. Find the values of m and n, so that the given function is continuous at 𝑥 = 3;
𝑚𝑥 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 < 3
𝑓(𝑥) = { 𝑛 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 3
−2𝑥 + 9 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > 3
√2𝑥+5−√𝑥+7
14. If 𝑓(𝑥) = { 𝑥−2
,𝑥 ≠ 2
𝑘 ,𝑥 = 2
Find value of 𝑘 so that 𝑓(𝑥) is continuous at 𝑥 = 2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 24

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
2

Differentiation

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 25

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Increment
In mathematics increment means “the difference between two values of the variables”. If 𝑦 is
a function of 𝑥. A small change in the value of 𝑥 is called an increment in 𝑥 and it is denoted
by 𝛿𝑥.
𝛿𝑥 = ( 𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 ) − ( 𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 )
𝛿𝑦 = ( 𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 ) − ( 𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 )

Note
If 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) where 𝑥 ∈ 𝐷𝑓 (Domain of 𝑓 )
⇒ 𝑥 is called independent variable and 𝑦 is called dependent variable.

Average Rate of Change

Suppose a particle is moving in straight line and its positions after “ 𝑡 ” and " 𝑡1 " are given by
𝑠(𝑡 )−𝑠(𝑡)
𝑠(𝑡) and 𝑠(𝑡1 ) then the quotient 𝑡1 −𝑡 represents the average rate of change.
1

Derivative
𝑓(𝑥+𝛿𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)
If 𝑦 be the function of 𝑥, then lim 𝛿𝑥
𝛿𝑥→0
is called derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) w.r.t 𝑥 and is denoted
𝑑𝑦
by 𝑓(𝑥) or 𝐷𝑦 or 𝑑𝑥 .

Notation for Derivative

In a table the notations for the derivative of 𝑦 = 𝑓 (𝑥) used by different mathematicians:

Name of Mathematician Leibnitz Newton Lagrange Cauchy

Notation used for derivative 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑓 𝑓 ∙ (𝑥) 𝑓′(𝑥) 𝐷𝑓(𝑥)
𝑜𝑟
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

FINDING 𝒇’(𝒙) FROM DEFINITION OF DERIVATIVE

Given a function 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) , 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) if it exists, can be found by the following four steps:

Step I Find 𝑓(𝑥 + 𝛿𝑥)

Step II Simplify 𝑓(𝑥 + 𝛿𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓(𝑥+𝛿𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)
Step III Dividing 𝑓(𝑥 + 𝛿𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥) by 𝛿𝑥 to get 𝛿𝑥
and simplify it
𝑓(𝑥+𝛿𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)
Step IV Find lim 𝛿𝑥
𝛿𝑥→0

The method of finding derivatives by this process is called differentiation by definition or by

ab-initio or from first principle.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 26

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Theorem on Differentiation
1. Power Rule
𝑑
(𝑥 𝑛 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 , where n is rational number.
𝑑𝑥

2. Derivative of Constant
𝑑
(𝑐) = 0 , derivative of a constant is zero.
𝑑𝑥

3. Sum or Difference Theorem

If "𝑓" and "𝑔" are differentiable at 𝑥, then
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
[𝑓(𝑥) ± 𝑔(𝑥)] = 𝑓(𝑥) ± 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑓′(𝑥) ± 𝑔′(𝑥)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

4. Product Theorem
If "𝑓" and "𝑔" are differentiable at 𝑥, then
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
[𝑓(𝑥). 𝑔(𝑥)] = [𝑓(𝑥)]𝑔(𝑥) + 𝑓(𝑥) [𝑔(𝑥)] = 𝑓′(𝑥)𝑔(𝑥) + 𝑓(𝑥)𝑔′(𝑥)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

5. Quotient Theorem
If "𝑓" and "𝑔" are differentiable at 𝑥, then
𝑑 𝑑
𝑑 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑔(𝑥) [𝑓(𝑥)] − 𝑓(𝑥) [𝑔(𝑥)] 𝑔(𝑥)𝑓′(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥)𝑔′(𝑥)
[ ]= 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 =
𝑑𝑥 𝑔(𝑥) [𝑔(𝑥)]2 [𝑔(𝑥)]2

The Chain Rule (Differentiation of Composite Function)

If 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑢) and 𝑢 = 𝑔(𝑥) are two differentiable functions, then the derivative of the
composition function 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑔(𝑥)) is given by
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑢
= ×
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑥

Differentiation of Implicit Functions

A function which contains two or more variables that are not independent of each other is called
an implicit function.
Example:- 𝑦 3 + 3𝑥𝑦 + 𝑥 3 = 5
The General Power Rule is given by
𝑑 𝑑𝑦
(𝑦 𝑛 ) = 𝑛𝑦 𝑛−1
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

Differentiation of Parametric Functions

Sometimes, the dependent variable “𝑦” is not given in terms of the independent variable “𝑥”
rather both variable are given as a function of another variable say “𝑡” , is called parameter.
𝑑𝑦
Example:- 𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑡), 𝑦 = 𝑔(𝑡) we find as fellows:
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑥
= 𝑑𝑡
× 𝑑𝑥 (By Chain Rule)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 27

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Differentiation of Trigonometric Functions

𝑑 𝑑
(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 (𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥) = −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥) = −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 (𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥) = 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) = 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 (𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥) = −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Differentiation of Inverse Trigonometric Functions

𝑑 1 𝑑 1
(sin−1 𝑥) = (cosec −1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 √1 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
𝑑 1 𝑑 1
(cos−1 𝑥) = − (sec −1 𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 √1 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
𝑑 1 𝑑 1
(tan−1 𝑥) = (𝑐𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 1 + 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 1 + 𝑥2
Differentiation of Logarithmic Functions
𝑑 1
1. 𝑑𝑥 (𝑙𝑛𝑥) = 𝑥
𝑑 1
2. 𝑑𝑥 (log 𝑎 𝑥) = 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎
Differentiation of Exponential Functions
𝑑
1. (𝑒 𝑥 ) = 𝑒 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
2. (𝑎 𝑥 ) = 𝑎 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑑𝑥
Differentiation of Hyperbolic Functions
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 (𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥) = −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥 (𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥) = −𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑥) = 𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥 (𝑐𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑥) = −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

Differentiation of Inverse Hyperbolic Functions

𝑑 1 𝑑 1
(sinh−1 𝑥) = (cosech−1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 √1 + 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
𝑑 1 𝑑 1
(cosh−1 𝑥) = (sech−1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 √𝑥 2 − 1 𝑑𝑥 𝑥√1 − 𝑥 2
𝑑 1 𝑑 1 1
(tanh−1 𝑥) = (𝑐𝑜𝑡ℎ−1 𝑥) = =− 2
𝑑𝑥 1 − 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 1−𝑥 2 𝑥 −1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 28

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Power Series
A series of the form 𝑎0 + 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑎2 𝑥 2 + 𝑎3 𝑥 3 + 𝑎4 𝑥 4 + ⋯ + 𝑎𝑛 𝑥 𝑛 + ⋯ is called Power
Series expansion of a function 𝑓(𝑥). where 𝑎0 , 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 , 𝑎4 … 𝑎𝑛 … are constants and 𝑥 s
variable.
Maclaurin Series or Maclaurin’s Theorem
If 𝑓(𝑥) is expanded in ascending powers of x as an infinite series, then
𝑥2 𝑥3 𝑥𝑛
𝑓 (𝑥) = 𝑓(0) + 𝑥𝑓 ′ (0) + 2!
𝑓 ′′ (0) + 3!
𝑓 ′′′ (0) + ⋯ + 𝑛!
𝑓 𝑛 (0) + ⋯

Taylor Series or Taylor’s Theorem

If 𝒇 is defined in the interval containing ' a' and its derivatives of all orders exist at x = a , then
we can expand 𝒇 ( 𝒙) as
𝑓 ′′ (𝑎) 𝑓 ′′′ (𝑎) 𝑓 𝑛 (𝑎)
𝑓 (𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑎) + 𝑓 ′ (𝑎)(𝑥 − 𝑎) + 2!
(𝑥 − 𝑎)2 + 3!
(𝑥 − 𝑎)3 + ⋯ + 𝑛!
(𝑥 − 𝑎)𝑛 + ⋯
If 𝑎 = 0 then above expansion becomes Maclaurin Series.
Taylor’s Theorem can be stated as: If 𝒙 and 𝒉 are two independent quantities and 𝒇 (𝒙 +
𝒉) can be expanded in ascending power of h as an infinite series, then
𝑓 ′′ (𝑥) 𝑓 ′′′ (𝑥) 𝑓 𝑛 (𝑥)
𝑓 (𝑥 + ℎ) = 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)ℎ + 2!
ℎ2 + 3!
ℎ3 + ⋯ + 𝑛!
ℎ𝑛 + ⋯

Increasing Function
Let 𝑓(𝑥) be defined on an interval (𝑎, 𝑏) and 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 ∈ (a, b) such that
𝑓(𝑥1 ) < 𝑓(𝑥2 ), for all 𝑥1 < 𝑥2 then 𝑓(𝑥) is called increasing on the interval (a, b).
Decreasing Function
Let 𝑓(𝑥) be defined on an interval (𝑎, 𝑏) and 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 ∈ (a, b) such that
𝑓(𝑥1 ) > 𝑓(𝑥2 ), for all 𝑥1 < 𝑥2 then 𝑓(𝑥) is called decreasing on the interval (a, b).

F IGURE 1: I NCREASING & DECREASING FUNCTION

Note
Let 𝑓(𝑥) be the differentiable function on the open interval (𝑎, 𝑏) then
(1) 𝑓(𝑥) is increasing on (𝑎, 𝑏) if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 for each 𝑥 ∈ (a, b)
(2) 𝑓(𝑥) is decreasing on (𝑎, 𝑏) if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 for each 𝑥 ∈ (a, b)
(3) 𝑓(𝑥) is neither increasing nor decreasing on (𝑎, 𝑏) if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 for each 𝑥 ∈ (a, b)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 29

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Stationary Point
Any point where 𝑓 is neither increasing nor decreasing is called Stationary Point. At
stationary point 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0.

F IGURE 2: A,B,C ARE S TATIONARY POINT

Relative Maxima
A function “𝑓 ” is said to have relative maxima/maximum at 𝑥 = 𝑐 ∈ [a, b] if
(i) There exists interval (𝑎, 𝑐] in which f increases and
(ii) There exists interval [𝑐, 𝑏) in which f decreases

Relative Minima
A function “𝑓” is said to have relative minima/minimum at 𝑥 = 𝑐 ∈ [a, b] if
(i) There exists interval (𝑎, 𝑐] in which " 𝑓 ” decreases and
(ii) There exists interval [𝑐, 𝑏) in which " 𝑓 ” increases

F IGURE 3: RELATIVE E XTREMA

Note
Both Relative Maxima & Relative Minima are called in general Relative Extrema.

Critical Value & Critical Point

If 𝑐 ∈ 𝐷𝑓 and 𝑓′(𝑐) = 0 or 𝑓′(𝑐) does not exist, then the number 𝑐 is called critical value for
𝑓 while the point (𝑐, 𝑓(𝑐)) on the graph of 𝑓 is named as a critical point.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 30

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

First Derivative Rule:

Let 𝑓 be differentiable in neighborhood of 𝑐 where 𝑓′(𝑐) = 0.

1. If 𝑓′(𝑥) changes sign from positive to negative as x increases through 𝑐, then 𝑓(𝑐) the
relative maxima of 𝑓.
2. If 𝑓′(𝑥) changes sign from negative to positive as x increases through 𝑐, then 𝑓(𝑐) is
the relative minima of 𝑓.

Second Derivative Rule:

Let 𝑓 be differentiable function in a neighborhood of 𝑐 where 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = 0 Then
1. 𝑓 has relative minima at 𝑐 if 𝑓′′(𝑐) > 0 .
2. 𝑓 has relative maxima at 𝑐 if 𝑓′′(𝑐) < 0.

2nd Derivative Test for Extreme Values of a function

Let 𝑓(𝑥) be a given function.

Step I: Find 𝑓′(𝑥) and 𝑓 ′′(𝑥)

Step II: Put 𝑓′(𝑥) = 0 and solve for 𝑥 , let 𝑥 = 𝑎
Step III: 𝑓′′(𝑥)/𝑥=𝑎 > 0 (𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒), then 𝑓(𝑥) is minimum at 𝑥 = 𝑎
Step IV: 𝑓′′(𝑥)/𝑥=𝑎 < 0 (𝑁𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒), then 𝑓(𝑥) is maximum at 𝑥 = 𝑎

Note
(1) A stationary point is called a turning point if it is either a maximum point or minimum
point.
(2) If 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 before the point 𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑓′(𝑥) = 0 at 𝑥 = 𝑎
and if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 after 𝑥 = 𝑎, then
𝑓 does not have a relative maxima.
See the graph of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 . In this case,
we have
𝑓′(𝑥) = 3𝑥 2 , that is,
𝑓 ′ (0 − 𝘀) = 3(−𝘀)2 = 3𝘀 2 > 0
And 𝑓 ′ (0 + 𝘀) = 3(𝘀)2 = 3𝘀 2 > 0
The function 𝑓 is increasing before 𝑥 = 0
and also, it is increasing after 𝑥 = 0.
Such a point of the function is called
the point of inflexion or inflection. F IGURE 4: GRAPH OF 𝒙𝟑

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 31

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct answer.
1 𝑓(𝑥+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥)
lim ℎ
exist, is called
ℎ→0

a Derivative at 𝑥 b Derivative at 𝑎 c Derivative at ℎ d Derivative at 0

2 𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)
lim 𝑥−𝑎
exist, is called
𝑥→0
a Derivative at 𝑥 b Derivative at 𝑎 c Derivative at ℎ d Derivative at 0
3 𝑓(𝑥+𝛿𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥)
lim 𝛿𝑥
= ___
𝛿𝑥→0

a 𝑑𝑦 a 𝑓′(𝑎) a 𝑓𝑦 a 𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑎 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

4 The process of finding the derivative of a function 𝑓 at "𝑥"

a Integration of 𝑥 a Derivative of a Derivative of a None of these
𝑓(𝑥) w.r.t 𝑥 𝑓(𝑥) w.r.t 𝑦
5 𝑑𝑦
The notation 𝑑𝑥 for the derivative of 𝑦 = 𝑓 (𝑥) used by

a Leibnitz a Newton a Lagrange a Cauchy

6 The notation 𝑓′(𝑥)for the derivative of 𝑦 = 𝑓 (𝑥) used by
a Leibnitz a Newton a Lagrange a Cauchy
7 The notation 𝑓 ∙ (𝑥) for the derivative of 𝑦 = 𝑓 (𝑥) used by
a Leibnitz a Newton a Lagrange a Cauchy
8 The notation 𝐷𝑓(𝑥) for the derivative of 𝑦 = 𝑓 (𝑥) used by
a Leibnitz a Newton a Lagrange a Cauchy
9 Leibniz used _____ notation for derivative.
a 𝑑𝑦 b 𝑓 ∙ (𝑥) c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) d 𝐷𝑓(𝑥)
𝑑𝑥
10 Newton used _____ notation for derivative.
a 𝑑𝑦 b 𝑓 ∙ (𝑥) c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) d 𝐷𝑓(𝑥)
𝑑𝑥
11 Lagrange used _____ notation for derivative.
a 𝑑𝑦 b 𝑓 ∙ (𝑥) c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) d 𝐷𝑓(𝑥)
𝑑𝑥
12 Cauchy used _____ notation for derivative.
a 𝑑𝑦 b 𝑓 ∙ (𝑥) c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) d 𝐷𝑓(𝑥)
𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 32

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

13 𝛿𝑦
lim is equal to
𝑥→0 𝛿𝑥

a 𝑑𝑦 b 𝑓′(𝑎) c 𝑓𝑦 d 𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑎 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

14 Derivative of a constant function is

a 1 b −1 c 0 d 𝑥
15 1
Derivative of 𝑥 is equal to

a −𝑥 2 b 𝑥 −2 c −𝑥 −2 d 𝑥
𝑑
16 If 𝑛 = 0 then 𝑑𝑥 (𝑥 𝑛 ) is equal to
a 0 b 1 c −1 d 2
𝑑
17 (𝑥 𝑛 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 is known as _____ rule.
𝑑𝑥

a Quotient b Product c Sum d Power

18 Derivative of √𝑥 at 𝑥 = 𝑎 is equal to
a 2√𝑥 b 1 c 1 d 2
2√𝑎 √𝑎 √𝑎
19 1 𝑑𝑦
If 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 then 𝑑𝑥 at 𝑥 = −1 is equal to
a 0 b 2 c −1 d None of these
20 𝑑 1
( ) = _________
𝑑𝑥 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏
a 1 b 1 c 𝑎 d 𝑎
− −
(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)2 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)2 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)2 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)2
21 𝑑 1
( ) = _________
𝑑𝑥 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛
a 𝑎 b 𝑛𝑎 c −𝑛𝑎 d 𝑛𝑎
(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) 𝑛+1 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)−𝑛+1 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛+1 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛
22 𝑑
(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛 = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑛(𝑎𝑥 𝑛−1 + 𝑏) b 𝑛(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) c 𝑛𝑎𝑥 𝑛−1 d 𝑛𝑎(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛−1
23 1 𝑑𝑦
If 𝑦 = 𝑥 − 𝑥 then 𝑑𝑥 =?

a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
1+ 1− 1+ 1−
𝑥2 𝑥2 𝑥 𝑥
24 𝑑 4
(3𝑥 3 ) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 3 1 c 4 1 d 1
4𝑥 3 𝑥3 𝑥3 𝑥3
4 7

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 33

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

25 𝑑 1 2
(√𝑥 − ) =?
𝑑𝑥 √𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 0
1+ 2
1− 1−
𝑥 𝑥2 2𝑥
26 𝑑 1
( ) = _______
𝑑𝑥 √𝑥
a 1 b −1 c 1 d None of these
(𝑥√𝑥)
2𝑥 √𝑥 2𝑥 √𝑥 2𝑥
27 𝑑 𝑥
( ) = _________
𝑑𝑥 𝑎
a 𝑥 b 1 c 1 d 𝑥2
𝑎2 𝑎 𝑎2 𝑎2
28 𝑑 𝑎
( ) =?
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
a 1 b −𝑎 c 𝑎 d −
𝑎
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥2 𝑥2
29 𝑑 2
(𝑥 + 1)2 = _____
𝑑𝑥
a 2(𝑥 2 + 1) b (𝑥 2 + 1)2 c 2𝑥(𝑥 2 + 1) d 4𝑥(𝑥 2 + 1)
𝑑
30 (𝑥 − 5)(3 − 𝑥) =?
𝑑𝑥
a 2𝑥 + 8 b −2𝑥 + 8 c 2𝑥 − 8 d 𝑥+8
31 𝑥 2 −4
The derivative of 𝑥+2
is equal to:

a 2𝑥 b −2 c 1 d 2
32 𝑥 3 +2𝑥 2
The derivative of 𝑥3
is equal to:
a 2 b −2 c 1 d −1
𝑥 2 𝑥2 2𝑥 2 2𝑥 2
33 𝑑 1
( ) = _________
𝑑𝑥 𝑔(𝑥)
a (−1)[𝑔(𝑥)]−2 𝑔′(𝑥) b (−1)[𝑔(𝑥)]𝑔′(𝑥) c [𝑔(𝑥)]−2 𝑔′(𝑥) d None of these
34 Derivative of (𝑥 3 + 1)9 is equal to
a 𝑥 2 (𝑥 3 + 1)8 b 27𝑥 2 (𝑥 3 + 1)8 c 𝑥 2 (𝑥 3 + 1)−8 d −𝑥 2 (𝑥 3 + 1)8
35 𝑑 1
(𝑥 2 + 2 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
2 (𝑥 − 3 ) 2 (𝑥 − 2 ) 2 (𝑥 + ) 2 (𝑥 + )
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥2 𝑥3
36 𝑑
(𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 b −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 34

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

37 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 b −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
38 𝑑
(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 b −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
39 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 b −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
40 𝑑
(𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 b −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥
41 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 b −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥
42 𝑑
(𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 b 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
43 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 b 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
44 𝑑
(𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 b 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
45 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 b 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
46 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 b −𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑥 c −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
47 𝑑
(𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥 b −𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥 𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑥 c −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
48 𝑑
(sin−1 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√1 − 𝑥 2 √1 − 𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 35

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

49 𝑑
(cos−1 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√1 − 𝑥 2 √1 − 𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
50 𝑑
(tan−1 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√1 − 𝑥 2 √1 − 𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
51 𝑑
(cot −1 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√1 − 𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 1 + 𝑥2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
52 𝑑
(sec −1 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
− −
𝑥√1 − 𝑥 2 √1 − 𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
53 𝑑
(cosec −1 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
− −
𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1 √1 − 𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
54 𝑑
(sinh−1 𝑥) = _________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√𝑥 2 − 1 1 − 𝑥2 √1 + 𝑥 2 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
55 𝑑
(cosh−1 𝑥) = _________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√𝑥 2 − 1 1 − 𝑥2 √1 + 𝑥 2 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
56 𝑑
(tanh−1 𝑥) = _________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√𝑥 2 − 1 1 − 𝑥2 √1 + 𝑥 2 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
57 𝑑
(coth−1 𝑥) = _________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√𝑥 2 − 1 1 − 𝑥2 √1 + 𝑥 2 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
58 𝑑
(sech−1 𝑥) = _________
𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 36

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
− −
√𝑥 2 − 1 1 − 𝑥2 𝑥√1 − 𝑥 2 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
59 𝑑
(cosech−1 𝑥) = _________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
−
√𝑥 2 − 1 1 − 𝑥2 √1 + 𝑥 2 𝑥√1+𝑥 2
60 𝑑 𝑥
(𝑎 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑎𝑥 b 𝑎 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑥 c 𝑙𝑛𝑥 d 𝑎 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎
61 𝑑 𝑓(𝑥)
(𝑒 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) b 𝑒 𝑓′(𝑥) c 𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑓′(𝑥) d 𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑓(𝑥)
62 𝑑
(log 𝑎 𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 𝑥 c 1 d 1
𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑥 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑥
63 𝑑
(cos 7𝑥) = ___
𝑑𝑥
a 7cos 7𝑥 b −7cos 7𝑥 c 7sin 7𝑥 d −7sin 7𝑥
64 𝑑
(ln 𝑒 𝑥 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 𝑥
𝑒𝑥 𝑥
65 𝑑
(sinh 𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 b 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 c 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥 d 2
2 2 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥
66 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a −2 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 b 2𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 c −𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 d −2𝑥 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 2
67 𝑑
(ln (𝑙𝑛𝑥)) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑥 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)2
68 𝑑
(ln (𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥)) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 c 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥 d None of these
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
69 Derivative of 𝑙𝑛(𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏) is

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 37

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 𝑎 b 2𝑎𝑥 c 2𝑎 d None of these

𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏
70 𝑑
(√𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
1 2 1
a
2
√𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 b √𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 c
2√𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥
𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d None of these

71 𝑑
(𝑐𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 b −2𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 d −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥
72 𝑑
(𝑓(𝑥) 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 + d 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑓(𝑥) 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
73 Derivative of 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) is
a 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) b 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) c −𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥) d None of these
74 𝑑
(𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 0 c −1 d 2
𝑑
75 (1 + 𝑥 2 ) 𝑑𝑥 (tan−1 𝑥 − cot −1 𝑥) = _______

a 2 b 2 c 0 d −2
1 + 𝑥2 1 + 𝑥2
76 1 𝑑
(tan−1 𝑥 − cot −1 𝑥) = _______
2 𝑑𝑥
a −1 b 1 c 1 d −1
1+𝑥 2 1 + 𝑥2 1 − 𝑥2 1 − 𝑥2
77 𝑑
(sec −1 𝑥 + cosec −1 𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b −1 c 0 d 2
𝑑
78 √1 − 𝑥 2 (cos −1 𝑥 + sin−1 𝑥) =___
𝑑𝑥

a 1 b 2 c 0 d 1
√1 − 𝑥 2 √1 − 𝑥 2
79 𝑑
(sin 2𝑥 + cos 2𝑥) = _____
𝑑𝑥
a cos 2𝑥 + sin 2𝑥 b cos 2𝑥 − sin 2𝑥 c 2 cos 2𝑥 + 2sin 2𝑥 d 2(cos 2𝑥 − sin 2𝑥)
80 𝑑
(sinh 2𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 2 cosh 2𝑥 b 2 sinh 2𝑥 c −2 cosh 2𝑥 d − sinh 2𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 38

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

81 𝑑
(ln sinh 𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a coth 𝑥 b tanh 𝑥 c − coth 𝑥 d − tanh 𝑥
82 𝑑
(cos−1 3𝑥) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 3 b −3 c 1 d −1
√1 − 9𝑥 2 √1 − 9𝑥 2 √1 − 9𝑥 2 √1 − 9𝑥 2
83 𝑑 𝑥
(cot −1 ) = _______
𝑑𝑥 𝑎
a −𝑎 b 𝑎2 c −𝑎2 d −1
𝑎2 + 𝑥 2 𝑎2 + 𝑥 2 𝑎2 + 𝑥 2 𝑎2 + 𝑥 2
84 𝑑
(ln (𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥))
𝑑𝑥
a 2 cot 𝑥 b −2 cot 𝑥 c 2 tan 𝑥 d −2 tan 𝑥
85 𝑑 √𝑥
(𝑎 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑎√𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 b 𝑎 √𝑥 c 1 √𝑥 d 𝑎 √𝑥 √𝑥
𝑎
2 √𝑥 2

86 𝑑 𝑥 2 +1
(𝑒 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
2
a 𝑒 𝑥 +1 b 2𝑥𝑒 𝑥 2 +1 c 𝑥𝑒 𝑥
2 +1
d None of these
87 𝑑
(𝑥𝑒 𝑥 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 + 1 b 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 c 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 − 1 d 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑥
88 𝑑 𝑡𝑎𝑛 2𝑥
(𝑒 ) = ________
𝑑𝑥
a 2𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 2𝑥𝑒 𝑡𝑎𝑛 2𝑥 b 𝑒 𝑡𝑎𝑛 2𝑥 c 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 2𝑥𝑒 𝑡𝑎𝑛 2𝑥 d None of these
89 𝑑 𝑥
3 =?
𝑑𝑥
a 3𝑥 b 3𝑥 𝑙𝑛3 c 3(3𝑥 ) d 3
90 𝑑 5𝑥−2
(𝑒 ) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 5𝑒 5𝑥−2 b 2𝑒 5𝑥−2 c 𝑒 5𝑥−3 d 5𝑒 5𝑥−3
91 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 22𝑥 then 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) =?
a 22𝑥−1 b 22𝑥 ln 2 c 22𝑥+1 ln 2 d 22𝑥
ln 2
92 The differential co-efficient of 𝑒 sin 𝑥 equals

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 39

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 𝑒 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 b 𝑒 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥 c sin 𝑥 𝑒 sin 𝑥−1 d sin 𝑥 𝑒 sin 𝑥+1

93 𝑑
(2𝑒 3𝑥 ) = _______
𝑑𝑥
a 6𝑒 3𝑥 b 2𝑒 3𝑥 c −6𝑒 3𝑥 d 𝑒 3𝑥
94 𝑑 𝑥
(𝑒 − 𝑒 −𝑥 ) = _____
𝑑𝑥
a sinh 𝑥 b cosh 𝑥 c 2 sinh 𝑥 d 2 cosh 𝑥
𝑑𝑦
95 If 𝑦 = 5𝑒 3𝑥−4 then 𝑑𝑥 = _______

a 15𝑒 3𝑥−4 b 𝑒 3𝑥−4 c 5𝑒 3𝑥 d −15𝑒 3𝑥−4

96 𝑑𝑦
= ______
𝑑𝑥
a 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑢 b 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑢 c 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑢 d None of these
× × ×
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
97 If 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 and 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡, then 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a 2 b 2𝑎 c 2𝑎𝑦 d 2𝑎
𝑦 𝑦
98 𝑑𝑦
If 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 5 = 0, then 𝑑𝑥 = ___
a 4 b −4 c 3 d −3
3 3 4 4
𝑑𝑦
99 If 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 , then 𝑑𝑥
= ___

a 𝑥 b −𝑥 c 𝑦 d −𝑦
𝑦 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥
100 Derivative of cos 𝑥 w.r.t. cos 𝑥 is:

a −cos 𝑥 b sin 𝑥 c 0 d 1

1 1 1
101 The higher derivative of the polynomial 𝑓(𝑥) = 12 𝑥 4 − 6 𝑥 3 + 4 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 7 is
a 3 b 4 c 5 d 7
102 If 𝑦 = 3𝑥4 − 4𝑥2 + 𝑥 − 2 then 𝑦2 = ____
a 12𝑥 3 − 8𝑥 + 1 b 36𝑥 2 − 8 c 72𝑥 d 0
103 If 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 then 𝑦4 is equal to:
a 𝑎4 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 b 3𝑒 𝑎𝑥 c 4𝑒 𝑎𝑥 d 𝑥𝑒 𝑎𝑥
104 If 𝑦 = 𝑒 2𝑥 then 𝑦4 is equal to:
a 16𝑒 2𝑥 b 8𝑒 2𝑥 c 4𝑒 2𝑥 d −16𝑒 2𝑥
105 If 𝑦 = sin(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) then 𝑦2 = ____
a a cos(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) b −𝑎3 cos(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) c 𝑎4 sin(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) d −𝑎2 sin(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 40

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

106 If 𝑦 = sin 3𝑥 then 𝑦2 = ____

a 3 cos 𝑥 b 3 cos 3𝑥 c 9 sin 3𝑥 d − 9 sin 3𝑥
107 If 𝑦 = −a sin 𝑥 then 𝑦2 = ____
a a sin 𝑥 b 𝑎2 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 c −a sin 𝑥 d None of these
108 𝑑2 𝑦
If 𝑦 = 𝑎(1 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃), then 𝑑𝜃2 = ___

a −𝑎 sin 𝜃 b 𝑎 cos 𝜃 c 𝑎 sin 𝜃 d −𝑎 cos 𝜃

109 𝑑2
(cosh 3𝑥) = ______
𝑑𝑥 2
a 3 cosh 3𝑥 b 3 sinh 3𝑥 c −9 cosh 3𝑥 d 9 cosh 3𝑥

110 𝑑2 𝑥
(2 ) = ______
𝑑𝑥 2
a 𝑥2𝑥−1 b ln 2𝑥 c 2𝑥 (ln 2)2 d 𝑥 ln 2
111 If 𝑓(𝑥) = cos 𝑥 then 𝑓 ′ (𝜋) =?
a 1 b 0 c −1 d 2
112 𝜋
If 𝑓(𝑥) = sin 𝑥 then 𝑓 ′′ (2 ) =?
a 1 b 0 c −1 d 2
113 If 𝑓(𝑥) = sin 𝑥 then 𝑓 ′ (cos −1 𝑥) =?
a cos 𝑥 b sin 𝑥 c −𝑥 d 𝑥
114 2⁄
If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 then 𝑓′(8) =?
a 1 b 2 c 1 d 3
2 3 3
115 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥, then 𝑓 ′′′ (𝜋)
a −1 b 0 c 1 d 5
116 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1, then 𝑓 ′ (0) = __
a 5 b −2 c 1 d 2
117 If 𝑓(𝑥) = tan−1 𝑥, then 𝑓′(cot 𝑥) is equal to:
a 1 b 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 c 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 d 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
1 + 𝑥2
118 If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥10 , then 𝑓 ′′ (1) = ____
a 1 b 10 c 90 d 100
119 𝑢𝑣 ′ −𝑣𝑢′
If both 𝑢(𝑥) and 𝑣(𝑥) are function of 𝑥 then 𝑢2
shows

a 𝑑 𝑢 b 𝑑 𝑣 c 𝑑 d 𝑑
( ) ( ) (𝑢. 𝑣) (𝑢 + 𝑣)
𝑑𝑥 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 𝑢 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 41

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

120 A series of the form 𝑎0 + 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑎2 𝑥 2 + 𝑎3 𝑥 3 + 𝑎4 𝑥 4 + ⋯ + 𝑎𝑛 𝑥 𝑛 + ⋯ is called

a Maclaurin b Maclaurin’s c Taylor Series d Power Series
Series Theorem
121 𝑥2 𝑥3 𝑥𝑛
The expansion 𝑓 (𝑥) = 𝑓(0) + 𝑥𝑓 ′ (0) + 2! 𝑓 ′′ (0) + 3! 𝑓 ′′′ (0) + ⋯ + 𝑛! 𝑓 𝑛 (0) + ⋯
is called
a Maclaurin b Maclaurin’s c Taylor’s d Both a & b
Series Theorem Theorem
122 𝑓 ′′ (𝑥) 𝑓 ′′′ (𝑥) 𝑓 𝑛 (𝑥)
The expansion 𝑓 (𝑥 + ℎ) = 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)ℎ + 2! ℎ2 + 3!
ℎ3 + ⋯ + 𝑛!
ℎ𝑛 +
⋯ is called
a Maclaurin b Maclaurin’s c Taylor’s d Both a & b
Series Theorem Theorem
123 𝑥2 𝑥3
1+𝑥+ 2!
+ 3!
+ ⋯ is expansion of
a 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 b 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 c 𝑒 d 𝑒𝑥
124 𝑥2 𝑥4 𝑥6
1− 2!
+ 4!
− 6!
… is expansion of
a 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 b 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 c 𝑒 d 𝑒𝑥
125 𝑥3 𝑥5 𝑥7
The series 𝑥 − 3!
+ 5!
− 7!
+ ⋯ is of
a sin 𝑥 b cos 𝑥 c tan 𝑥 d −sin 𝑥
126 If 𝑓(𝑥 + ℎ) = 𝑎 𝑥+ℎ then 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = ___
a 𝑎 𝑥+ℎ ln(𝑥 + ℎ) b 𝑎 𝑥 ln 𝑎 c 𝑎 𝑥 ln 𝑥 d 𝑎 𝑥+ℎ ln 𝑎
127 If 𝑓(𝑥 + ℎ) = cos(𝑥 + ℎ) then 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = ___
a cos 𝑥 b −cos 𝑥 c − sin 𝑥 d sin 𝑥
128 Geometrically derivative represent

a Slope of normal b Slope of tangent c Slope of secant d None of these

line line line
129 If 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥| then 𝑓′(𝑥) at 𝑥 = 0 is equal to

a 0 b 1 c Does not exist d −1

130 If 𝑓 be defined on an interval (𝑎, 𝑏) and 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 ∈ (a, b) such that 𝑓(𝑥1 ) < 𝑓(𝑥2 ), for
all 𝑥1 < 𝑥2 then 𝑓 is called
a Increasing b Decreasing c Constant d None of these
131 If 𝑓 be defined on an interval (𝑎, 𝑏) and 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 ∈ (a, b) such that 𝑓(𝑥1 ) > 𝑓(𝑥2 ), for
all 𝑥1 < 𝑥2 then 𝑓 is called
a Increasing b Decreasing c Constant d None of these

132 If 𝑓 is increasing in an interval (𝑎, 𝑏), 𝑓′(𝑐) is _____ for every 𝑐 ∈ (a, b)
a Positive b Negative c Zero d None of these

133 If 𝑓 is decreasing in an interval (𝑎, 𝑏), 𝑓′(𝑐) is _____ for every 𝑐 ∈ (a, b)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 42

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a Positive b Negative c Zero d None of these

134 If 𝑓 be differentiable on (𝑎, 𝑏), 𝑓 is increasing at 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏) if

a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 d None of these

135 If 𝑓 be differentiable on (𝑎, 𝑏), 𝑓 is decreasing at 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏) if

a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 d None of these
136 If 𝑓 be differentiable on (𝑎, 𝑏), 𝑓 is neither increasing nor decreasing at 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏) if
a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 d None of these
137 Any point where 𝑓 is neither increasing nor decreasing is called _____ point.
a Decreasing b Increasing c Stationary d Maximum
138 At stationary point

a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 d None of these

139 Maximum and minimum values of the function is called
a extremum b Extreme value c Stationary d Both a & b
140 Let 𝑓 be differentiable function in a neighborhood of 𝑐 where 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = 0 Then 𝑓 has
relative minima at 𝑐 if
a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓′′(𝑐) > 0 d 𝑓 ′′ (𝑐) < 0
141 Let 𝑓 be differentiable function in a neighborhood of 𝑐 where 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = 0 Then 𝑓 has
relative maxima at 𝑐 if
a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓′′(𝑐) > 0 d 𝑓 ′′ (𝑐) < 0
142 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 ∈ (a, b) 𝑓 is increasing on the interval (a, b) for all 𝑥1 < 𝑥2 if

a 𝑓(𝑥1 ) > 𝑓(𝑥2 ) b 𝑓(𝑥1 ) < 𝑓(𝑥2 ) c 𝑓(𝑥1 ) ≤ 𝑓(𝑥2 ) d None of these

143 If 𝑐 ∈ 𝐷𝑓 and 𝑓′(𝑐) = 0 or 𝑓′(𝑐) does not exist, then the number 𝑐 is called ___.
a Increasing value b Decreasing c Stationary value d Critical value
value
144 Which one is decreasing function?_

a 2 − 4𝑥 b 4𝑥 − 2 c 4𝑥 d 4𝑥 + 5
145 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 is increasing if
a 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0 b 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0 c 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≤ 0 d 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≥ 0
146 The point at which 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 3 is neither increasing nor decreasing is
a (−1, −4) b (1,4) c (1, −4) d (−1,4)
147 The function 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 2 has relative minimum at the point
a (0,0) b (0,1) c (1,1) d (−1,0)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 43

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

148 Minimum value of the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 3 is at 𝑥 = ___

a −3 b −2 c 0 d −1
149 The maximum value of the 𝑓(𝑥) = sin 𝑥 + cos 𝑥 in the interval [0,2𝜋] is
a 2 b 1 c √3 d √2
√2
150 Two positive integer whose sum is 30 and their product will be maximum are:
a 14,16 b 15,15 c 10,20 d 12,18

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 44

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
a b d b a c b d a b
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
c d d c c a d b b c
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
c d a a b b b d d b
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
c b a b a a b c d a
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
d a b c d c b a b c
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
b d a c a b b c d d
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
c c d a b d b c b c
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
b a b b a b c c d a
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
a b a a a b d a b a
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
c a a d a c b d b d
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
b b a a d d a d d c
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
b c d c c b b c b d
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130
d c d b a b c b c a
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
b a b a b c c c d c
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
d b d a a a a d d b

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 45

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. Define Derivative of a function.
2. Define Differentiation.
3. Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐 by definition.
4. Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 𝑎𝑡 𝑥 = 𝑎 by definition.
2
5. Find the derivative of 𝑥 ⁄3 by definition.
6. Find the derivative of 2 − √𝑥 w. r. t. ‘𝑥’ by definition.
1
7. Find the derivative of w. r. t. ‘𝑥’ by definition.
√𝑥
1
8. Find the derivative of 𝑥 3 w. r. t. ‘𝑥’ by definition.
1
9. Find the derivative of 𝑥−𝑎 w. r. t. ‘𝑥’ by definition.
1⁄
10. Find the derivative of (𝑥 + 4) 3 w. r. t. ‘𝑥’ by definition.
𝑑𝑦
11. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = √𝑥 + 2 by first principle.
4
𝑑
12. Calculate 𝑑𝑥 (3𝑥 3 )
13. Find the derivative of 𝑦 = (𝑥 2 + 5)(𝑥 3 + 7) w.r.t. x.
3
𝑑𝑦 (√𝑥+1)(𝑥 ⁄2 −1)
14. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = 1
𝑥 ⁄2 −1
3
−
15. Differentiate 𝑥 −3 + 2𝑥 2 + 3 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑎+𝑥
16. Differentiate w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑎−𝑥
2𝑥−3
17. Differentiate 2𝑥+1
w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
18. Differentiate (𝑥 − 5)(3 − 𝑥) w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
1 2
19. Differentiate (√𝑥 − 𝑥) w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
√
3
(1+√𝑥)(𝑥−𝑥 ⁄2 )
20. Differentiate w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
√𝑥
2
(𝑥 2 +1)
21. Differentiate 𝑥 2 −1
w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑥 2 +1
22. Differentiate 𝑥 2 −3
w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
2𝑥−1
23. Differentiate √𝑥 2 +1
w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑑𝑦
24. If 𝑦 = 𝑥 4 + 2𝑥 + 2 , prove that
2
= 4𝑥√𝑦 − 1
𝑑𝑥
25. Find the derivative of (𝑥 3 9
+ 1) w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑑𝑦
26. Find , if 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 and 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
27. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥 = 1 − 𝑡 2 and 𝑦 = 3𝑡 2 − 2𝑡 3
𝑑𝑦
28. Find , if 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 4
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
29. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 2 + 𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 = 5
𝑑𝑦
30. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 2 − 𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥 2 + 4 = 0
1 1
31. Differentiate 𝑥 2 + w.r.t. 𝑥 −
𝑥2 𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 46

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑑𝑦
32. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = √𝑥 + √𝑥
𝑑𝑦
33. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = (3𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 7)6
𝑑𝑦 𝑎2 +𝑥 2
34. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = √𝑎2 −𝑥 2
𝑑𝑦
35. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 7 = 0
𝑑𝑦
36. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 2
𝑑𝑦
37. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑦 − 5𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑦
38. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 4𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
𝑑𝑦 1
39. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥 = 𝜃 + 𝜃 and 𝑦 = 𝜃 + 1
1
40. Differentiate 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 2 w. r. t. 𝑥 4
41. Differentiate (1 + 𝑥 2 )𝑛 w. r. t. 𝑥 2
𝑥 2 +1
42. Differentiate 𝑥 2 −1 w. r. t. 𝑥 3
43. Differentiate 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 w. r. t. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥
𝑑 1
44. Prove that 𝑑𝑥 (sin−1 𝑥) = √1−𝑥 2
𝑑 1
45. Prove that 𝑑𝑥 (cos −1 𝑥) = − √1−𝑥 2
𝑑 1
46. Prove that 𝑑𝑥 (tan−1 𝑥) =
1+𝑥 2
𝑑 1
47. Prove that (cosec −1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 𝑥√𝑥 2 −1
𝑑 1
48. Prove that 𝑑𝑥 (sec −1 𝑥) =
𝑥√𝑥 2 −1
𝑑 1
49. Prove that 𝑑𝑥 (𝑐𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥) = −
1+𝑥 2
2
50. Differentiate 𝑥 sec 4𝑥 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
51. Differentiate tan3 𝜃 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃 w.r.t. ‘𝜃’.
52. Differentiate (sin 2𝜃 − cos 3𝜃) w.r.t. ‘𝜃’.
53. Differentiate cos √𝑥 + √𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑑𝑦
54. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = 𝑥 cos 𝑦
𝑑𝑦
55. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥 = 𝑦 sin 𝑦
56. Differentiate sin 𝑥 w. r. t. cot 𝑥
57. Differentiate 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 w. r. t. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥
𝑥
58. Differentiate cos−1 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑎
𝑥
59. Differentiate cot −1 𝑎 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
1 𝑥
60. Differentiate 𝑎
sin−1 𝑎 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
61. Differentiate sin−1 √1 − 𝑥 2 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑑
62. Prove that (𝑎 𝑥 ) = 𝑎 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 by ab-initio method.
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 2 +1
63. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥
𝑑𝑦
64. Find , if 𝑦 = 𝑎√𝑥
𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 47

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

65. Differentiate 𝑦 = 𝑎 𝑥 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.

𝑑𝑦
66. Find , if 𝑦 = log10 (𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)
𝑑𝑥
67. Differentiate ln(𝑥 2 + 2𝑥) w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
68. Differentiate 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑓(𝑥) w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
69. Differentiate (ln 𝑥)𝑥 w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
𝑑
70. Prove that (𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
71. Prove that (𝑐𝑜𝑠ℎ𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛ℎ𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
72. Prove that (𝑡𝑎𝑛ℎ𝑥) = 𝑠𝑒𝑐ℎ2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
73. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = tanh(𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑦
74. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = cosh−1(sec 𝑥)
75. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 √𝑥−1
1
76. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 𝑒 𝑥
77. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑥 (1 + ln 𝑥)
𝑒𝑥
78. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 −𝑥 +1
79. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = ln(𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 )
𝑒 𝑎𝑥 −𝑒 −𝑎𝑥
80. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 +𝑒 −𝑎𝑥
81. Find 𝑓′(𝑥) if 𝑓(𝑥) = ln(√𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑒 −2𝑥 )
𝑑𝑦
82. Find , if 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 ln √𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
83. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = 𝑥√ln 𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑥
84. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = ln 𝑥
𝑑𝑦 1
85. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 ln 𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑥 2 −1
86. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = ln √𝑥 2 +1
𝑑𝑦
87. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = ln(𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1)
𝑑𝑦
88. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = ln(9 − 𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑦
89. Find , if 𝑦 = 𝑒 −2𝑥 sin 2𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
90. Find , if 𝑦 = 𝑒 −𝑥 (𝑥 3 + 2𝑥 2 + 1)
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
91. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑒 sin 𝑥
𝑑𝑦
92. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = (𝑥 + 1)𝑥
𝑑𝑦
93. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = sinh 3𝑥
𝑑𝑦
94. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = tanh−1 (sin 𝑥)
𝑑𝑦
95. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = sinh−1 (𝑥 3 )
𝑑𝑦
96. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = (ln tanh 𝑥)
𝑑𝑦 𝑥
97. Find , if 𝑦 = sinh−1 ( )
𝑑𝑥 2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 48

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

1 1 1
98. Find 𝑓 𝑖𝑣 (𝑥) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 12 𝑥 4 − 6 𝑥 3 + 4 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 7
𝑑2 𝑦
99. Find 𝑑𝑥 2 , if 𝑦 3 + 3𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑥 3 = 0
100. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑦 = cos(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)
3
𝑥
101. If 𝑦 = sin−1 𝑎 , then show that 𝑦2 = 𝑥(𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 )−2
102. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑦 = 2𝑥 5 − 3𝑥 4 + 4𝑥 3 + 𝑥 − 2
3⁄
103. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑦 = (2𝑥 + 5) 2
1
104. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑦 = √𝑥 +
√𝑥
2 2 2
105. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝑎
106. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑥 3 −𝑦 3 = 𝑎3
107. Find 𝑦2 , if 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑡 4
108. Find 𝑦4 , if 𝑦 = sin 3𝑥
109. Find 𝑦4 , if 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 3 𝑥
110. Find 𝑦4 , if 𝑦 = ln(𝑥 2 − 9)
111. Define Power Series.
112. Define Maclaurin Series.
113. Find the Maclaurin series for sin 𝑥.
114. Expand 𝑎 𝑥 in the Maclaurin series.
115. Expand (1 + 𝑥)𝑛 in the Maclaurin series.
116. State Taylor’s Theorem.
𝑥2 𝑥4 𝑥6
117. Apply Maclaurin series Expansion to prove that cos 𝑥 = 1 − + − …
2! 4! 6!
𝑥2 𝑥3
118. Apply Maclaurin series Expansion to prove that 𝑒 𝑥 = 1 + 𝑥 + 2!
+ 3!
…
4𝑥 2 8𝑥 3
119. Apply Maclaurin series Expansion to prove that 𝑒 2𝑥 = 1 + 2𝑥 + 2!
+ 3!
…
120. Define Increasing Function.
121. Define Decreasing Function.
122. Define Critical Point.
123. Define Critical Value.
124. Define Relative Maxima.
125. Define Stationary Point.
126. Define Point of Inflexion.
127. Determine the intervals in which 𝑓 is decreasing for 𝑓(𝑥) = sin 𝑥 ; 𝑥 ∈ (−𝜋, 𝜋)
−𝜋 𝜋
128. Determine intervals in which 𝑓 is increasing/decreasing for 𝑓(𝑥) = cos 𝑥 ; 𝑥 ∈ ( 2 , 2 )
129. Determine the intervals in which 𝑓 is increasing for 𝑓(𝑥) = 4 − 𝑥 2 ; 𝑥 ∈ (−2,2)
130. Determine the intervals in which 𝑓 is increasing for 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 2 ;𝑥 ∈ (−4,1)
131. Find the extreme values for 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 2.
132. Find the extreme values for 𝑓(𝑥) = 5𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 + 2.
133. Find two positive integers whose sum is 30 and their product will be maximum.
134. Divide 20 into two parts so that the sum of their squares will be minimum.
135. The perimeter of a triangle is 16 cm. If one side is of length 6 cm, what are length of
the other sides for maximum area of the triangle?

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 49

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

√𝑥 2 +1
1. Differentiate √𝑥 2 −1
w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
√1+𝑥−√1−𝑥
2. Differentiate w.r.t. ‘𝑥’.
√1+𝑥+√1−𝑥
1 𝑑𝑦
3. If 𝑦 = √𝑥 − , show that 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑦 = 2√𝑥
√𝑥
𝑑𝑦 √𝑎+𝑥+√𝑎−𝑥
4. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 =
√𝑎+𝑥−√𝑎−𝑥
3 3
𝑑𝑦
5. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑦 = (1 + 2√𝑥) . 𝑥 2
𝑑𝑦 𝑎(1−𝑡 2 ) 2𝑏𝑡
6. Find , if 𝑥 = ,𝑦 =
𝑑𝑥 1+𝑡 2 1+𝑡 2
𝑑𝑦
7. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥√1 + 𝑦 + 𝑦√1 + 𝑥 = 0
𝑑𝑦 1−𝑡 2 2𝑡
8. Prove that 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑥 = 0 if 𝑥 = 1+𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 1+𝑡 2
9. Differentiate sin √𝑥 𝑤. 𝑟. 𝑡. 𝑥 by ab-initio method.
𝑥 𝑑𝑦 4(1+𝑦2 )
10. If 𝑦 = tan (2 tan−1 2) , show that 𝑑𝑥 = (4+𝑥2 )
11. Differentiate cos √𝑥 𝑤. 𝑟. 𝑡. 𝑥 by first principle.
12. Differentiate cos 𝑥 2 𝑤. 𝑟. 𝑡. 𝑥 by first principle.
𝑑𝑦
13. If tan 𝑦(1 + tan 𝑥) = 1 − tan 𝑥 , show that 𝑑𝑥 = −1
𝑑𝑦
14. If 𝑥 = 𝑎 𝑐𝑜𝑠 3 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 𝑠𝑖𝑛3 𝜃 , show that 𝑎 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑏 tan 𝜃 = 0
𝑑𝑦
15. Find 𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑥 = 𝑎(cos 𝑡 + sin 𝑡) , 𝑦 = 𝑎(sin 𝑡 − 𝑡 cos 𝑡)
𝑑𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑥
16. Show that 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 if 𝑥 = tan−1 𝑦
17. If 𝑦 = tan(𝑝 tan−1 𝑥) , show that (1 + 𝑥 2 )𝑦1 − 𝑝(1 + 𝑦 2 ) = 0
𝑑2 𝑦
18. If 𝑥 = 𝑎(𝜃 − sin 𝜃) , 𝑦 = 𝑎(1 + cos 𝜃). Then show that 𝑦 2 𝑑𝑥 2 + 𝑎 = 0
19. If 𝑥 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑚𝜃, then show that (1 − 𝑥 2 )𝑦2 − 𝑥𝑦1 + 𝑚2 𝑦 = 0
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
20. If 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥 sin 𝑥, show that 𝑑𝑥 2 − 2 𝑑𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 0
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
21. If 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 sinx 𝑥, show that 𝑑𝑥 2 − 2𝑎 𝑑𝑥 + (𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 )𝑦 = 0
22. If 𝑦 = (cos−1 𝑥)2 , prove that (1 − 𝑥 2 )𝑦2 − 𝑥𝑦1 − 2 = 0
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
23. If 𝑦 = a cos(𝑙𝑛𝑥) + 𝑏 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑙𝑛𝑥) 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑥 2 +𝑥 +𝑦 =0
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
ℎ2 ℎ3
24. Show that 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑥 + ℎ) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 − ℎ𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 − 2!
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 3!
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + ⋯
and evaluate cos 61°.
(ln 2)2 ℎ2 (ln 2)3 ℎ3
25. Show that 2𝑥+ℎ = 2𝑥 {1 + (ln 2)ℎ + + +⋯}
2! 3!
1
26. Discuss the function defined as 𝑓(𝑥) = sin 𝑥 + 2√2 cos 2𝑥 for extreme values in the
interval (0,2𝜋)
27. Find the maximum and minimum values of the function defined by the following equation
occurring in the interval [0,2𝜋] , 𝑓(𝑥) = sin 𝑥 + cos 𝑥.
𝑙𝑛𝑥
28. Show that 𝑦 = has a maximum value at 𝑥 = 𝑒
𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 50

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

1
29. Show that 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝑥 has a minimum value at 𝑥 = 𝑒
30. A box with a square base and open top is to have a volume of 4 cubic dm. Find the
dimensions of the box which will require the least material.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 51

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
3

Integration

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 52

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Differential of a function
Let “𝑓 ” be a differentiable function define by the equation 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) and let 𝛿𝑥 be the arbitrary
increment in 𝑥. Then the number 𝑓′(𝑥)𝛿𝑥 is called the differential of the dependent variable
“𝑦” and is denoted by 𝑑𝑦.
Thus 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑓′(𝑥)𝛿𝑥
Note
(i) The increment in the dependent variable “x” is equal to its differential 𝑑𝑥 i.e., 𝑑𝑥 = 𝛿𝑥
(ii) Instead of 𝑑𝑦 , we can write 𝑑𝑓 , i.e., 𝑑𝑓 = 𝑓′(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 where 𝑓′(𝑥) being coefficient of
differential is called differential coefficient.
Integration
The process of finding a such a function whose derivative is given is called anti-differentiation
or integration.
“𝑐” is an arbitrary constant and it is not definite, so 𝜑(𝑥) + 𝑐 is called the indefinite integral of
𝑓(𝑥), that is

∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝜑(𝑥) + 𝑐

• The function 𝑓(𝑥) is called the integrand.

• The symbol ∫ is called integral sign.
• “𝑐” is called the constant of integration.
• ∫ … 𝑑𝑥 indicates that integrand is to be integrated w. r. t. 𝑥.
Theorems on Anti-Derivatives
1. The integral of the product of a constant and a function is equal to the product of the
constant and the integral of the function.
In symbols,
∫ 𝑎𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
where 𝑎 is a constant.
2. The integral of the sum (or difference) of two functions is equal to the sum (or
difference) of their integrals.
In symbols,

∫[𝑓1 (𝑥) ± 𝑓2 (𝑥)] 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑓1 (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ± ∫ 𝑓2 (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥

Anti-Derivatives of [𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 𝑓′(𝑥) and [𝑓(𝑥)]−1 𝑓′(𝑥)

[𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛+1
1. ∫[𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 𝑓′(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = + 𝑐 (𝑛 ≠ −1)
𝑛+1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 53

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

2. ∫[𝑓(𝑥)]−1 𝑓′(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ln 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐, (𝑓(𝑥) > 0)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 54

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Integration by Method of Substitution

Sometimes it is possible to convert an integral into a standard form or to an easy integral by a
suitable change of a variable. Now we evaluate ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 by the method of substitution. Let 𝑥
be a function of a variable 𝑡, that is,
If 𝑥 = 𝜑(𝑡), then 𝑑𝑥 = 𝜑′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡
Putting 𝑥 = 𝜑(𝑡), then 𝑑𝑥 = 𝜑′(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 we have
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑓(𝜑(𝑡)) 𝜑′(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡

Integration by Some Useful Substitution

We list below suitable substitutions for certain expressions to be integrated.
Expression Involving Suitable Substitution
(i) √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 𝑥 = 𝑎 sin 𝜃
(ii) √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃
(iii) √𝑎2 + 𝑥 2 𝑥 = 𝑎 tan 𝜃
(iv) √𝑥 + 𝑎 (or √𝑥 − 𝑎) √𝑥 + 𝑎 = 𝑡 (or √𝑥 − 𝑎 = 𝑡)
(v) √2𝑎𝑥 − 𝑥 2 𝑥 − 𝑎 = 𝑎 sin 𝜃
(vi) √2𝑎𝑥 + 𝑥 2 𝑥 + 𝑎 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃
Integration by Parts

∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑔′ (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥) ∫ 𝑔′ (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥)𝑔(𝑥) − ∫ 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑓′(𝑥)𝑑𝑥

This is known as the formula for integration by parts.

If we put 𝑢 = 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑑𝑣 = 𝑔′ (𝑥)𝑑𝑥
Then 𝑑𝑢 = 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 and 𝑣 = 𝑔(𝑥)
Then above equation can be written as

∫ 𝑢 𝑑𝑣 = 𝑢𝑣 − ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑢

ILATE Rule
The ILATE Rule is a method for selecting the first and second functions when using the
integration by parts method to solve integral.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 55

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Note
ILATE is an acronym for Inverse, Logarithmic, Algebraic, Trigonometric, and Exponential.
Integration Involving Partial Fraction
If 𝑃(𝑥), 𝑄(𝑥) are polynomial functions and the denominator (𝑄(𝑥) ≠ 0), in the rational
𝑃(𝑥)
function 𝑄(𝑥), can be factorized into linear and quadratic (irreducible) factors, then the rational
function is written as a sum of simpler rational functions, each of which can be integrated by
methods of partial fraction which already known to us.
Here we will give examples of the following three cases when the denominator 𝑄(𝑥) contains
Case I. Non-repeated linear factors.
𝑥+7 𝐴 𝐵
= +
(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 3) (𝑥 − 1) (𝑥 + 3)
Case II. Repeated and non-repeated linear factors.
5𝑥 + 7 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶
= + +
(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 3) 2 (𝑥 − 1) (𝑥 + 3) (𝑥 + 3)2

Case III. Linear and non-repeated irreducible quadratic factors or non-repeated

irreducible quadratic factors.
11𝑥 + 3 𝐴 𝐵𝑥 + 𝐶
= + 2
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 9) (𝑥 − 3) (𝑥 + 9)
2

The Definite Integral

If 𝑓(𝑥) is continuous on the interval [𝑎, 𝑏] and if 𝐹(𝑥) is any indefinite integral, then
𝑏

∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = |𝐹(𝑥)|𝑏𝑎 = 𝐹(𝑏) − 𝐹(𝑎)

𝑎
is called definite integral of 𝑓(𝑥) between the limits “𝑎” and “𝑏”
• The interval [𝒂, 𝒃] is called range of integration.
• The function 𝒇(𝒙) is known as the integrand.
• While a and b are known as lower and upper limits of integration respectively.
Fundamental Theorem of Calculus
If 𝑓(𝑥) is continuous on the interval [𝑎, 𝑏] and 𝜑 ′ (𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) , that is, 𝜑(𝑥) is any anti-
derivative of 𝑓 on [𝑎, 𝑏] , then
𝑏

∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝜑(𝑏) − 𝜑(𝑎)

𝑎

Properties of Definite Integral

If 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑔(𝑥) are two continuous functions on the interval [𝑎, 𝑏], then
𝑎
(i) ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 0
𝑏 𝑎
(ii) ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = − ∫𝑏 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 56

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑏 𝑏
(iii) ∫𝑎 𝑐𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑐 ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 (Where c is any constant)
𝑏 𝑏 𝑏
(iv) ∫𝑎 [𝑓(𝑥) ± 𝑔(𝑥)] 𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ± ∫𝑎 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑏 𝑐 𝑏
(v) ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫𝑐 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥

Application of Definite Integral

Area Under the Curve
𝑏
∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 gives the area under the cure 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥)
from 𝑥 = 𝑎 to 𝑥 = 𝑏 and the 𝑥-axis.
𝑏

𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑎

Differential Equation
An equation containing at least one derivative of a dependent, variable with respect to an
independent variable is called differential equation.
Example: -
𝑑𝑦
(i) 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + 2𝑥 = 0
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
(ii) 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2 + 𝑑𝑥 − 2𝑥 = 0

Order of Differential Equation

The order of a differential equation is the order of the highest derivative it contains.
𝑑𝑦
(i) 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + 2𝑥 = 0 (Order is 1)
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
(ii) 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2 + 𝑑𝑥 − 2𝑥 = 0 (Order is 2)
Degree of Differential Equation
The degree of the differential equation is the highest power of the differential coefficient
present in the equation.
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
(i) 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2 + 𝑑𝑥 − 2𝑥 = 0 (Degree 1)
𝑑𝑦 2
(ii) 𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 ) + 2𝑥 = 0 (Degree 2)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 57

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct Option.
1 If 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 then 𝑑𝑦 is:
a 2𝑥 b 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 c 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 d 2𝑥 2
2 Differential of y is denoted by:
a 𝑑𝑦′ b 𝑑𝑦 c 𝑑𝑦 d 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
3 If 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 − 1 and 𝑥 changes from 3 to 3.02 then 𝑑𝑦 = ____
a 0.1 b 0.12 c 0.012 d 0.21
4 If 𝑉 = 𝑥 3 , then differential of V is:
a 3𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 b 3𝑥 2 c 𝑥 3 𝑑𝑥 d 3𝑥 2 𝑑𝑦
5 𝑓(𝑥 + 𝛿𝑥) ≈
a 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 b 𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓′(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 c 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓′(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 d −𝑓′(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
2
6 ∫(3𝑥 + 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 is equal to:
a 6𝑥 + 2 b 𝑥3 + 𝑥2 c 3𝑥 + 2 d 𝑥3 − 𝑥2
7 Find 𝑑𝑦 for 𝑦 = √𝑥 ,when 𝑥 changes from 4 to 4.41
a 0.1 b 0.1002 c 0.1025 d 1.2
2
8 Find 𝑑𝑦 for 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 2𝑥 , when 𝑥 changes from 2 to 1.8
a −1.02 b −0.012 c −0.2 d −1.2
1 1
9 Solve 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑑𝑥
𝑦 𝑥
a 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑐 b 𝑦 = −𝑥𝑐 c 𝑦 = 𝑥2 + 𝑐 d 𝑥𝑦 = 𝑐
10 𝑑(𝑥𝑦) = _____
a 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 b (𝑥 + 𝑦)𝑑𝑥 c 𝑥 𝑑𝑦 + 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 d
11 sin 2𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ____
4 sin 𝑥
a sin 2𝑥 + 𝑐 b 2 sin 2𝑥 + 𝑐 c 1 d 2 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐
sin 𝑥 + 𝑐
2
12 1
∫ = ____
𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
a sin−1 𝑥 b tan−1 𝑥 c sec −1 𝑥 d cosec −1 𝑥
13 1
∫(2𝑥 + 3)2 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 3 b 3 c 1 d 1
(2𝑥 + 3)2 (2𝑥 + 3)2 (2𝑥 + 3)3 (2𝑥 + 3)−2
+𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐
2 3 2 3
14
∫ sec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥 b sec 2 𝑥 c ln|sec 𝑥 − tan 𝑥| d ln|sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥|
15 3
∫(𝑎 − 2𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥 = _______
a 3 b 5 c 5 d 5
(𝑎 − 2𝑥)2 (𝑎 − 2𝑥)2 (𝑎 − 2𝑥)2 3(𝑎 − 2𝑥)2
+𝑐 +𝑐 − +𝑐 +𝑐
5 5 5 5
16
∫ cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 58

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 1 − sin2 𝑥 + 𝑐 b √1 − sin2 𝑥 c sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 d − sin 𝑥 + 𝑐

17 𝜋
∫ tan 𝑑𝑥 = ____
4
a ln sin 𝜋 b 𝑥 c sec 2 𝜋 d 𝑥
4 4 4
18
∫ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑎𝑒 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 d 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐
+𝑐
𝑎
19
∫ sin 5𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1
− cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 − cos 5𝑥 + 𝑐 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 cos 5𝑥 + 𝑐
5 5 5 5
20 𝑎
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _______
𝑥
a 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑎 ln|𝑥| + 𝑐 c − 𝑎 +𝑐 d 1
𝑥2 ln|𝑥| + 𝑐
𝑎
21 2
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ______
𝑥+2
a 2ln|𝑥 + 2| + 𝑐 b ln|𝑥 + 2| + 𝑐 c ln|𝑥 + 2|2 + 𝑐 d 2
22 𝑥+2
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ______
𝑥+2
a 1+𝑐 b 𝑥+𝑐 c −𝑥 + 𝑐 d 2𝑥
23 Inverse of ∫ … 𝑑𝑥 is:
a 𝑑𝑥 b 𝑑 c 𝑑𝑦 d 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦
24 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ______
1 + cos 𝑥
a 1 𝑥 b tan 𝑥 c cot 𝑥 d 1 𝑥
tan 2 2 cot
2 2 2 2
25
∫ tan2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a 2 tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 b tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 c tan 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑐 d tan 𝑥 − 𝑥 + 𝑐
26
∫ cosec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a − cosec 𝑥 cot 𝑥 b ln|cosec 𝑥 c ln|cosec 𝑥 d ln|sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥|
+𝑐 − cot 𝑥| + 𝑐 + cot 𝑥| + 𝑐
27
∫ tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a ln|sec 𝑥| + 𝑐 b ln|cosec 𝑥| + 𝑐 c ln|sin 𝑥| + 𝑐 d ln|cot 𝑥| + 𝑐
28 Anti-derivative of cot 𝑥 is equal to:
a ln|cos 𝑥| + 𝑐 b ln|sin 𝑥| + 𝑐 c −ln|sin 𝑥| + 𝑐 d − ln|cos 𝑥| + 𝑐
29
∫ sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 b sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 c − sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 d − cos 𝑥 + 𝑐
30
∫ 3𝜆𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 59

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 3𝜆𝑥 b 3𝜆𝑥 c 3𝜆𝑥 d 𝜆3𝜆𝑥

+𝑐 ln 3 + 𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐
𝜆 ln 3 𝜆 ln 3 ln 3
31 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ______
𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏
a ln|𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏| + 𝑐 b 1 c 𝑎 ln|𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏| + 𝑐 d 𝑎𝑥 ln|𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏| + 𝑐
ln|𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏| + 𝑐
𝑎
32
∫ 𝑎 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑎𝑥 b 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 c ln 𝑎 d 𝑎 𝑥 ln 𝑎 + 𝑐
+𝑐 +𝑐
ln 𝑎 𝑎𝑥
33
∫ sin 𝑎𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a − cos 𝑎𝑥 b cos 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑎 cosec 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑎 sec 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐
+𝑐
𝑎
34
∫ cos 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a −2sin 2𝑥 + 𝑐 b 2sin 2𝑥 + 𝑐 c −sin 2𝑥 d sin 2𝑥
+𝑐 +𝑐
2 2
35
∫ sec 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a tan 2𝑥 b tan 2𝑥 + 𝑐 c tan 𝑥 d 2 tan 2𝑥 + 𝑐
+𝑐 +𝑐
2 2
36
∫(− sin 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a cos 𝑥 b sin 𝑥 c − sin 𝑥 d − cos 𝑥
37
∫(sin 3𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a cos 3𝑥 b − cos 3𝑥 c 3 cos 3𝑥 + 𝑐 d −3 cos 3𝑥 + 𝑐
+𝑐 +𝑐
3 3
38
∫ 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 3𝑥 + 𝑐 b 3𝑥 ln 3 + 𝑐 c 3𝑥 d 3𝑥
+𝑐 +𝑐
ln 3 3ln 3
39
∫(𝑒 𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒𝑥 + 1 + 𝑐 d 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑥2 + 𝑐
40 1
∫ 2 𝑑𝑥 = _____
𝑥
a ln 𝑥 + 𝑐 b ln 𝑥 2 + 𝑐 c −1 d 1
+𝑐 +𝑐
𝑥 𝑥
41
∫ sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a tan 𝑥 b sec 2 𝑥 c 𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 d sec 𝑥
42
∫ 𝑥(√𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
a 2 3⁄ b 2 5⁄ 𝑥2 c 2 5⁄ d 𝑥 3⁄2 + 𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑥 2+𝑐 𝑥 + +𝑐
2 𝑥 2+𝑐
3 5 2 5
43
∫ 𝑥 𝑛 𝑑𝑥 for (𝑛 ≠ −1)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 60

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 𝑥 𝑛+1 b 𝑥 𝑛−1 c 𝑥 𝑛+1 d 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 + 𝑐

+𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐
𝑛 𝑛−1 𝑛+1
44
∫ 52𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 52𝑥 b 2(52𝑥 ) c 52𝑥 ln 5 d 52𝑥
+𝑐
2 ln 5
45
∫(sec 2 𝜃 − tan2 𝜃) 𝑑𝜃 = ______
a 𝜃+𝑐 b sin 𝜃 + cos 𝜃 + 𝑐 c tan 𝜃 − cot 𝜃 + 𝑐 d cot 𝜃 + tan 𝜃 + 𝑐
46 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
cos 2 𝑥
a 1 b tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 c sec 2 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑐𝑜sec 2 𝑥 + 𝑐
2
sin 𝑥
47
∫ 𝑥 −1 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 0 b ln 𝑥 + 𝑐 c −𝑥 −2 + 𝑐 d − ln 𝑥 + 𝑐
48
∫ 𝑒 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a 𝑒 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 c −𝑒 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 d −𝑒 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐
49 2
∫ 𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑎𝑥 b 𝑎𝑥
2
c 𝑎𝑥
2
d 𝑎𝑥
+𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐
log 𝑒 𝑎 2log 𝑒 𝑎 2log 𝑎 𝑒 2log 𝑒 𝑎
50
∫ 𝑒 tan 𝑥 sec 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
a 𝑒 tan 𝑥 b 𝑒 − tan 𝑥 c 𝑒 cot 𝑥 d 𝑒 −cot 𝑥
51 ln 𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
𝑥
a ln(ln 𝑥) b (ln 𝑥)2 c ln 𝑥 d ln 𝑥
2 2
tan−1 𝑥
52 𝑒
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
1 + 𝑥2
a 𝑒 sec 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒 tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑒 tan−1 𝑥 + 𝑐
53 𝑎
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ______
𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1
a 𝑎tan−1 𝑥 + 𝑐 b −𝑎𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥 + 𝑐 c −𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥 + 𝑐
54 𝑓′(𝑥)
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
𝑓(𝑥)
a ln|𝑥| + 𝑐 b ln|𝑓(𝑥)| + 𝑐 c ln|𝑓′(𝑥)| + 𝑐 d 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
55
∫ √2𝑥 + 3 (2𝑑𝑥) = ____
a 2 3 b 3 3 c −(2𝑥 + 3)3⁄2 d 3 3
(2𝑥 + 3) ⁄2 (2𝑥 + 3) ⁄2 − (2𝑥 + 3) ⁄2
3 2 2
56
∫ sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a cos 2𝑥 b −cos 2𝑥 c sin2 𝑥 d cos 2 𝑥
+𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐 +𝑐
2 2 2 2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 61

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

57 ∫ 1 𝑑𝑥 equals:
𝑥 ln 𝑥
a ln 𝑥 b 𝑥 c ln(ln 𝑥) d (ln 𝑥)2
2
58
∫ sec 2 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a sec 𝑥 tan2 𝑥 b sec 2 𝑥 c tan2 𝑥 d sec 2 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
+𝑐 +𝑐
3 2 3
59
∫ sec 5𝑥 tan 5𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ______
a 5 sec 5𝑥 + 𝑐 b sec 𝑥 + 𝑐 c sec 5𝑥 d tan 5𝑥
5 +𝑐 +𝑐
5 5
60 sec 2 𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
√tan 𝑥
a 2√tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 b −2√tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 c √tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 d tan 𝑥 + 𝑐
61 cot 𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
ln(sin 𝑥)
a ln tan 𝑥 + 𝑐 b ln cot 𝑥 + 𝑐 c ln sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 d ln(ln sin 𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑥
62 𝑒
∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
𝑒 +3
a ln|𝑒 𝑥 + 3| b 𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒0 + 𝑐 d 𝑒 2𝑥 + 3 + 𝑐
63 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ______
(1 + 𝑥 ) tan−1 𝑥
2

a ln(tan−1 𝑥) + 𝑐 b ln sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 c ln(sin 𝑥)2 + 𝑐 d None

64 𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
√4 + 𝑥 2
a √4 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑐 b 1 c ln √4 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑐 d None
√4 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑐
2
65 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
√𝑎2 − 𝑥 2
a 𝑥 b sin−1 (𝑥 ) + 𝑐 c 1 𝑥 d 1 −1 𝑥
cos −1 ( ) + 𝑐 cos −1 ( ) + 𝑐 sin ( ) + 𝑐
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
66 1
∫ 2 𝑑𝑥 = _____
𝑥 +4
a 1 𝑥 b tan−1 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 2 tan−1 𝑥 + 𝑐 d tan−1 2𝑥 + 𝑐
tan−1 + 𝑐 2 2
2 2
67 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
1 + 𝑥2
a cos −1 𝑥 b cot −1 𝑥 c tan−1 𝑥 d sec −1 𝑥
68 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
√5 − 𝑥 2
a 5 b sin−1 (𝑥) + 𝑐 c √5 d sin−1 ( 𝑥 ) + 𝑐
sin−1 ( ) + 𝑐 5 sin−1 ( ) + 𝑐
𝑥 𝑥 √5
69 The suitable substitution to integrate √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 :
a 𝑥 = 𝑎 sin 𝜃 b 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 c 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 d 𝑥 = 𝑎 tan 𝜃
70 The suitable substitution to integrate √𝑎 − 𝑥 2 :
2

a 𝑥 = 𝑎 sin 𝜃 b 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 c 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 d 𝑥 = 𝑎 tan 𝜃

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 62

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

71 The suitable substitution to integrate 1

:
𝑥√𝑥 2 −𝑎2
a 𝑥 = 𝑎 sin 𝜃 b 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 c 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 d 𝑥 = 𝑎 tan 𝜃
72
∫ ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___
a 𝑥 ln 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑥 ln 𝑥 − 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑥 − 𝑥 ln 𝑥 + 𝑐 d −𝑥 ln 𝑥 − 𝑥 + 𝑐
73
∫ 𝑒 −𝑥 (cos 𝑥 − sin 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ____ −
a 𝑒 −𝑥 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒 −𝑥 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒 𝑥 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑒 𝑥 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐
74 1
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 ( + ln 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = _____
𝑥
a 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒 𝑥 ln 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒 𝑥 + ln 𝑥 + 𝑐 d ln 𝑥 + 𝑐
75
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 (cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑒 −𝑥 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒 −𝑥 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑒 𝑥 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑒 𝑥 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐
76
∫ 𝑒 2𝑥 (− sin 𝑥 + 2 cos 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑒 2𝑥 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑒 2𝑥 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐 c −𝑒 2𝑥 cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 d −𝑒 2𝑥 sin 𝑥 + 𝑐
77
∫ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 (𝑎𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓′(𝑥)) 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑎. 𝑓(𝑥) b 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑓′(𝑥) c 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑓(𝑥) d 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑎. 𝑓′(𝑥)
78
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 (𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥 = ____
a 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐 c −𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐 d −𝑥𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑐
79 2

∫(𝑥 2 + 1) 𝑑𝑥 = _____
1
a 10 b 3 c 𝜋 d 𝜋
3 10 2
𝑥
80
∫ 3𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 = _____
𝑎
a 𝑥 3 + 𝑎3 b 𝑥 3 − 𝑎3 c 3𝑥 3 d 𝑥3
81 𝜋
∫ cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
0
a −1 b 1 c 0 d 2
82 𝜋
∫ sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
0
a −1 b 1 c 0 d 2
𝜋
83
∫ sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
−𝜋

a −1 b 1 c 0 d 2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 63

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

84 3
𝑑𝑥
∫ = _____
𝑥2 +9
0
a 𝜋 b 12 c 12 d − 𝜋
12 − 12
𝜋 𝜋
𝜋
85
∫ sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = _____
0
a 0 b 1 c −2 d 2
86 𝜋4
∫ cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___
0
a 1 b 2 c √2 d 1
√2
87 1
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = _____
1 + 𝑥2
0
a 𝜋 b 4 c −𝜋 d 4
4 4 −
𝜋 𝜋
88 𝑏

∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 =
𝑎
𝑏 𝑎 𝑎
a b c d None
− ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑎 𝑏 𝑏
𝜋
89 4

∫ sec 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___
0
a 5 b 4 c 2 d 1
𝜋
90 4

∫ sec 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___
−𝜋
4
a 1 b 2 c 0 d 3
𝜋
91
3 ∫ sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ____
−𝜋
a 1 b 2 c 0 d 3
92 1
∫|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 = ____
0
a 1 b 2 c 0 d 1⁄
2
93 𝑐 𝑏

∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ____

𝑎 𝑐

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 64

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎
a b c d
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑎 𝑏 −𝑎 𝑐
94 The area under the cure 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) from 𝑥 = 𝑎 to 𝑥 = 𝑏 and the 𝑥-axis is denoted by:
a 𝑏 b 𝑏 c 𝑏 d Both a and b
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑦𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑦
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
95 The order of differential equation 𝑥 𝑑2 𝑦 + 𝑑𝑦 − 2 = 0 is:
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥

a 1 b 2 c 0 d 3
96 The order of differential equation 𝑑2 𝑦 + 𝑑𝑦 + 2𝑥 = 0 is:
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥

a 1 b 2 c 0 d 3
𝑑𝑦 4
97 The order of = 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 − 3 is:
𝑑𝑥 3
a 1 b 2 c 0 d 3
𝑑𝑦
98 The order of differential equation 𝑦 + 2𝑥 = 0 is:
𝑑𝑥
a 1 b 2 c 0 d 3
99 The solution of differential equation 𝑑𝑦 = −𝑦 is:
𝑑𝑥

a 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑒 −𝑥 b 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑒 −𝑥 c 𝑦 = 𝑒𝑥 d 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑒 𝑥
100 The solution of differential equation 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑥 𝑑𝑦 = 0 is:
a 𝑥+𝑦 =𝑐 b ln 𝑥𝑦 = 0 c 𝑥𝑦 = 𝑐 d None
𝑑𝑦
The solution of differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = sec 2 𝑥 is:
101

a 𝑦 = cos 𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑦 = sec 𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑦 = sin2 𝑥 + 𝑐 d 𝑦 = tan 𝑥 + 𝑐

102 Applying initial value conditions in solution of differential equations, we get:
a General solution b Particular c No solution d Infinite solution
solution
103 𝑑𝑦
The solution of differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = 1 is:

a 𝑦 = 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐 b 𝑦 =𝑥+𝑐 c 𝑦 = ln 𝑥 d 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑒 −𝑥
104 𝑑𝑦 𝑦 2 +1
The solution of differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 −𝑥
is:
a 𝑦 = tan(𝑒 −𝑥 + 𝑐) b 𝑦 = tan −1 (𝑒 −𝑥
+ 𝑐) c 𝑦 = tan(𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐) d 𝑦 = tan−1 (𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐)
105 𝑑𝑦
The solution of differential equation 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 1 + 𝑦 is:
a 𝑦 =𝑥−1 b 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑥 + 1 c 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑥 − 1 d 𝑦 =𝑥+𝑐

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 65

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
b c b a c b c d a c
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
c c b d c c b c b b
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
a b b b d b a b d a
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
b a a d a a b c b c
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
d b c d a b b b b a
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
b d c b a c c c c a
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
d a a a b a c d c a
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
c b a b c a c b a b
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
c d c a c d a b d b
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
c d a d b b a a b c
101 102 103 104 105
d a b c c

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 66

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. Define differential equation.
2. Find 𝛿𝑦 and 𝑑𝑦 of the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 , when 𝑥 = 2 and 𝑑𝑥 = 0.01.
𝑑𝑦 𝑦
3. Using differentials find 𝑑𝑥 when 𝑥
− ln 𝑥 = ln 𝑐.
4. Find 𝛿𝑦 and 𝑑𝑦 in the case, 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 − 1 when 𝑥 changes from 3 to 3.02
5. Find 𝛿𝑦 and 𝑑𝑦 in the case, 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 when 𝑥 changes from 2 to 1.8
6. Find 𝛿𝑦 and 𝑑𝑦 in the case, 𝑦 = √𝑥 when 𝑥 changes from 4 to 4.41
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥
7. Using differentials find 𝑑𝑥 and 𝑑𝑦 in the equation 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑥 = 4
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥
8. Using differentials find 𝑑𝑥 and 𝑑𝑦 in the equation 𝑥 2 + 2𝑦 2 = 16
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥
9. Using differentials find 𝑑𝑥 and 𝑑𝑦 in the equation 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑥𝑦 2
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥
10. Using differentials find 𝑑𝑥 and 𝑑𝑦 in the equation 𝑥𝑦 − ln 𝑥 = 𝑐
4
11. Use differentials to approximate the value of √17
1
12. Use differentials to approximate the value of (31) ⁄5
13. Use differentials to approximate the value of cos 29°
14. Find the approximate increase in the volume of a cube if the length of its each edge changes
from 5 to 5.02.
15. Evaluate ∫(𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 − 3) 𝑑𝑥
16. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1 𝑑𝑥
𝑥
17. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥+2 𝑑𝑥
1
18. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥(√𝑥+1)
𝑑𝑥
19. Evaluate ∫
√𝑥+1−√𝑥
sin 𝑥+ cos3 𝑥
20. Evaluate ∫ cos2 𝑥 sin 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
3−cos 2𝑥
21. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1+cos 2𝑥
22. Evaluate ∫(3𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
1
23. Evaluate ∫ (√𝑥 + ) 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
24. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥(√𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
1
25. Evaluate ∫(2𝑥 + 3)2 𝑑𝑥
2
26. Evaluate ∫(√𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
1 2
27. Evaluate ∫ (√𝑥 − 𝑥
) 𝑑𝑥
√
3𝑥+2
28. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
√𝑦(𝑦+1)
29. Evaluate ∫ 𝑦
𝑑𝑦
2
(√𝜃−1)
30. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝜃
√𝜃

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 67

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

2
(1−√𝑥)
31. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
𝑒 2𝑥 +𝑒 𝑥
32. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒𝑥
𝑑𝑥
1−𝑥 2
33. Evaluate ∫ 1+𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
34. Evaluate ∫
√𝑥+𝑎+√𝑥
3
35. Evaluate ∫(𝑎 − 2𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
(1+𝑒 𝑥 )3
36. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒𝑥
𝑑𝑥
37. Evaluate ∫ sin(𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑥 𝑑𝑥
38. Evaluate ∫ √1 − cos 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
39. Evaluate ∫ sin2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
40. Evaluate ∫ 1+cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑎𝑥+𝑏
41. Evaluate ∫ 𝑎𝑥 2 +2𝑏𝑥+𝑐 𝑑𝑥
42. Evaluate ∫ cos 3𝑥 sin 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
cos 2𝑥−1
43. Evaluate ∫ 1+cos 2𝑥
𝑑𝑥
2
44. Evaluate ∫ tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑎 𝑑𝑡
45. Evaluate ∫ 2√𝑎𝑡+𝑏
𝑥
46. Evaluate ∫ √4+𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
47. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥√𝑥 − 𝑎 𝑑𝑥
cot √𝑥
48. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
49. Evaluate ∫ cosec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
50. Evaluate ∫ sec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
51. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥(ln 2𝑥)3
2
52. Evaluate ∫ 𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
53. Evaluate ∫ √𝑎2 𝑑𝑥
−𝑥 2
−2𝑥
54. Evaluate ∫ √4−𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
55. Evaluate ∫
𝑥 2 +4𝑥+13
𝑥2
56. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
4+𝑥 2
1
57. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑒𝑥
58. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 +3 𝑑𝑥
𝑥+𝑏
59. Evaluate ∫ 1 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 2 +2𝑏𝑥+𝑐) ⁄2
sec2 𝑥
60. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√tan 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
61. Evaluate ∫ 3
(1+𝑥 2 ) ⁄2
1
62. Evaluate ∫ (1+𝑥 2) tan−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 68

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

sin 𝜃
63. Evaluate ∫ 1+cos2 𝜃 𝑑𝜃
𝑎𝑥
64. Evaluate ∫ √𝑎2 𝑑𝑥
−𝑥 4
cos 𝑥
65. Evaluate ∫ sin 𝑥 ln sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑥+2
66. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥+3
𝑑𝑥
67. Evaluate ∫ 1 √3
sin 𝑥+ cos 𝑥
2 2
68. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
69. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
70. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 tan2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
71. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 5 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
72. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
73. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
74. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
75. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 2 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
76. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 3 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
77. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 4 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
78. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ tan−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
79. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
80. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 2 tan−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
81. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 tan−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
82. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 sin−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
83. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
84. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫(ln 𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
85. Evaluate ∫ sec 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
86. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 (𝑥 + ln 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
87. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 (cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
1
88. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 (𝑎 sec −1 𝑥 + ) 𝑑𝑥
𝑥√𝑥 2 −1
3 sin 𝑥−cos 𝑥
89. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 3𝑥 ( sin2 𝑥
) 𝑑𝑥
90. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 2𝑥 (− sin 𝑥 + 2 cos 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑥𝑒 𝑥
91. Evaluate ∫ (1+𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
92. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 −𝑥 (cos 𝑥 − sin 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
−1 𝑥
𝑒 𝑚 tan
93. Evaluate ∫ 1+𝑥 2
𝑑𝑥
2𝑥
94. Evaluate ∫ 1−sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑒 𝑥 (1+𝑥)
95. Evaluate ∫ (2+𝑥)2
𝑑𝑥
2𝑎
96. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 2 −𝑎2 𝑑𝑥 , (𝑥 > 0)
3𝑥+1
97. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 2 −𝑥+6
5𝑥+8
98. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥+3)(2𝑥−1) 𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 69

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

(𝑎−𝑏)𝑥
99. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥−𝑎)(𝑥−𝑏) 𝑑𝑥
2𝑥
100. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 2 −𝑎2 𝑑𝑥
101. Define Definite Integral.
102. Give two properties of definite integral.
103. State Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
𝑏 𝑎
104. Prove that ∫𝑎 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = − ∫𝑏 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
3
105. Evaluate ∫−1(𝑥 3 + 3𝑥 2 ) 𝑑𝑥
2 𝑥 2 +1
106. Evaluate ∫1 𝑥+1
𝑑𝑥
𝜋
107. Evaluate ∫0 sec 𝑥 (sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
4

𝜋
108. Evaluate ∫06 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑒
109. Evaluate ∫1 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 1
110. If ∫−2 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 5, ∫−2 𝑔(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 4 then evaluate the integral
1 1 1
(i) ∫−2[2𝑓(𝑥) + 3𝑔(𝑥)]𝑑𝑥 (ii) ∫−2 3𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫−2 𝑔(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
2
111. Evaluate ∫1 (𝑥 2 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
1
1
112. Evaluate ∫−1 (𝑥 3 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
0 1
113. Evaluate ∫−2 (2𝑥−1)2 𝑑𝑥
2
114. Evaluate ∫−6 √3 − 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
√5
115. Evaluate ∫1 √(2𝑡 − 1)3 𝑑𝑡
√5
116. Evaluate ∫2 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1 𝑑𝑥
2 𝑥
117. Evaluate ∫1 𝑥 2 +2
𝑑𝑥
3 1 2
118. Evaluate ∫2 (𝑥 − 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
3 𝑑𝑥
119. Evaluate ∫0 𝑥 2 +9
𝜋
120. Evaluate ∫ cos 𝑡 𝑑𝑡
𝜋
3

6
2
121. Evaluate ∫1 ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 𝑥
2
122. Evaluate ∫0 (𝑒 2 − 𝑒 −2 ) 𝑑𝑥
𝜋
123. Evaluate ∫0 cos 2 𝜃 sin 𝜃 𝑑𝑥
3

5
124. Evaluate ∫−1|𝑥 − 3| 𝑑𝑥
125. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = 4 − 𝑥 2 and the x-axis.
126. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = 𝑥 3 + 3𝑥 2 and the x-axis.
127. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + 1 from 𝑥 = 1 to 𝑥 = 2.
128. Find the area, above the x-axis and under the curve 𝑦 = 5 − 𝑥 2 from 𝑥 = −1 to 𝑥 = 2.
129. Find the area below the curve 𝑦 = 3√𝑥 and above the x-axis between x = 1 and x = 4.
𝜋 𝜋
130. Find the area bounded by cos function from 𝑥 = − to 𝑥 =
2 2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 70

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

131. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve 𝑦 = 4𝑥 − 𝑥 2
132. Find the area above x-axis, bounded by the curve 𝑦 2 = 3 − 𝑥 from 𝑥 = −1 to 𝑥 = 2.
1
133. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve 𝑦 = cos 2 𝑥 from 𝑥 = −𝜋 to 𝜋.
𝜋
134. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve 𝑦 = sin 2𝑥 from 𝑥 = 0 to 𝑥 = 3 .
135. Define Differential Equation.
136. Define Order of Differential Equation.
𝑑𝑦 𝑦 2 +1
137. Solve the differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 −𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑦 2 +1
138. Check 𝑦 = tan(𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐) is a solution of the differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 −𝑥
𝑑𝑦
139. Solve the differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = −𝑦
140. Solve the differential equation 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑥 𝑑𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑦 1−𝑥
141. Solve the differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑦
𝑑𝑦 𝑦
142. Solve the differential equation 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 2
𝑑𝑦
143. Solve the differential equation sin 𝑦 cosec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 1
144. Solve the differential equation 𝑥 𝑑𝑦 + 𝑦(𝑥 − 1) 𝑑𝑥 = 0
𝑥 2 +1 𝑥 𝑑𝑦
145. Solve the differential equation 𝑦+1
= 𝑦 . 𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑𝑦 1
146. Solve the differential equation 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 2 (1 + 𝑦 2 )
𝑑𝑦
147. Solve the differential equation 1 + cos 𝑥 tan 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 = 0
𝑑𝑦
148. Solve the differential equation sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 = 0
𝑑𝑦
149. Solve the differential equation (𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑒 −𝑥
𝑑𝑦
150. Find the general solution of the equation 𝑑𝑥 − 𝑥 = 𝑥𝑦 2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 71

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

𝑥+𝑎 >0
𝑑𝑥
1. Evaluate ∫ ,( )
√𝑥+𝑎+√𝑥+𝑏 𝑥+𝑏 >0
2. Evaluate ∫ √1 + sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
3. Evaluate ∫ √𝑎2 2 𝑑𝑥
+𝑥
1
4. Show that ∫ √𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 = ln(𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 ) + 𝑐
−𝑎2
𝑎2 𝑥 𝑥
5. Show that ∫ √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 = 2
sin−1 𝑎 + 2 √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 + 𝑐
𝑑𝑥
6. Evaluate ∫ √7−6𝑥−𝑥 2
𝑥
7. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 4 +2𝑥 2+5 𝑑𝑥
√2
8. Evaluate ∫ sin 𝑥+cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
9. Evaluate ∫ ln(𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
10. Evaluate ∫ √𝑎2 + 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
11. Evaluate ∫ sin4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑒 𝑥 (1+sin 𝑥)
12. Evaluate ∫ 1+cos 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
13. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 3 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
14. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑥 sin−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
15. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 sin−1 𝑥
16. Evaluate the integral by parts: ∫ √1−𝑥 2
𝑑𝑥
3
17. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
18. Evaluate ∫ tan3 𝑥 sec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
19. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 3 𝑒 5𝑥 𝑑𝑥
20. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 −𝑥 sin 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
21. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 2𝑥 cos 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥
22. Evaluate ∫ cosec 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
23. Evaluate the indefinite integral ∫ √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 𝑑𝑥
24. Evaluate the indefinite integral ∫ √4 − 5𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
25. Evaluate the indefinite integral ∫ √3 − 4𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
26. Evaluate the indefinite integral ∫ √𝑥 2 + 4 𝑑𝑥
7𝑥−1
27. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥−1)2(𝑥+1) 𝑑𝑥
2𝑥
28. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 6 −1
𝑥 2 +3𝑥−34
29. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 2 +2𝑥−15 𝑑𝑥
2𝑥 3 −3𝑥 2 −𝑥−7
30. Evaluate ∫ 2𝑥 2 −3𝑥−2
𝑑𝑥
4+7𝑥
31. Evaluate ∫ (1+𝑥)2(2+3𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
2𝑥 2
32. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥−1)2(𝑥+1) 𝑑𝑥
𝑥−2
33. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥+1)(𝑥2+1) 𝑑𝑥

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 72

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

1+4𝑥
34. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥−3)(𝑥2+4) 𝑑𝑥
12
35. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥 3 +8 𝑑𝑥
√3 𝑥 3 +9𝑥+1
36. Evaluate ∫0 𝑥 2 +9
𝑑𝑥
2
37. Evaluate ∫−1(𝑥 + |𝑥|) 𝑑𝑥
√7 3𝑥
38. Evaluate ∫0 √𝑥 2 +9
𝑑𝑥
√3
sin−1 𝑥
39. Evaluate ∫ 1
2
√1−𝑥 2
𝑑𝑥
2
𝜋
40. Evaluate ∫ cos 2 𝜃 cot 2 𝜃 𝑑𝑡
𝜋
4

6
𝜋
41. Evaluate ∫0 cos 4 𝑡 𝑑𝑡
4

𝜋
42. Evaluate ∫04 (1 + cos 2 𝜃) tan2 𝜃 𝑑𝜃
𝜋
sec 𝜃
43. Evaluate ∫04 sin 𝜃+cos 𝜃 𝑑𝜃
1 2
⁄
1 (𝑥 3 +2)
44. Evaluate ∫1 2 𝑑𝑥
8 𝑥 ⁄3
𝜋
sin 𝑥−1
45. Evaluate ∫ 4
0 cos2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝜋
1
46. Evaluate ∫0 4 𝑑𝑥
1+sin 𝑥
47. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 2𝑥 2 + 1 and the x-axis is in the 1st
quadrant.
48. Determine the area bounded by the parabola 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 3 and the x-axis.
49. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = 𝑥 3 − 4𝑥 and the x-axis.
50. Find the area between the x-axis and the curve 𝑦 = √2𝑎𝑥 − 𝑥 2 when 𝑎 > 0.
1 𝑑𝑦
51. Solve the differential equation 𝑥 − 2𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑥
52. Solve 2𝑒 𝑥 tan 𝑦 + (1 − 𝑒 𝑥 ) sec 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 = 0
2
𝑑𝑦 2𝑥𝑦
53. Solve the differential equation 𝑑𝑥 + 2𝑦+1 = 𝑥
𝑑𝑦
54. Solve the differential equation (𝑥 2 − 𝑦𝑥 2 ) + 𝑦 2 + 𝑥𝑦 2 = 0
𝑑𝑥
55. Solve the differential equation sec 2 𝑥 tan 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + sec 2 𝑦 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦
56. Solve the differential equation (𝑦 − 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 ) = 2 (𝑦 2 + 𝑑𝑥 )
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦
57. Solve the differential equation 𝑦 − 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 3 (1 + 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 )

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 73

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
4
Introduction
to
Analytic Geometry

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 74

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Coordinate System
Draw in a plane two mutually perpendicular number lines 𝑥′ 𝑥
and 𝑦′ 𝑦 , one horizontal and the other vertical. Let their point
of intersection be 𝑂, to which we call the origin and the real
number 0 of both the lines is represented by 𝑂. The two lines
are called the coordinate axes. The horizontal line 𝑥′𝑂𝑥 is
called the x-axis and the vertical line 𝑦′𝑂𝑦 is called the y-axis.

Suppose 𝑃 is any point in the plane. Then 𝑷 can be located by using an ordered pair of real
numbers. Through 𝑃 draw lines parallel to the coordinates axes meeting 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 at 𝑅 and 𝑦 −
̅̅̅̅ = 𝑥 and the directed distance ̅̅̅̅
𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 at 𝑆. Let the directed distance 𝑂𝑅 𝑂𝑆 = 𝑦.
The ordered pair (𝑥, 𝑦) gives us enough information to locate
the point 𝑃. Thus, with every point P in the plane, we can
associate an ordered pair of real numbers (𝑥, 𝑦) and we say
that 𝑃 has coordinates (𝑥, 𝑦). It may be noted that 𝑥 and 𝑦
are the directed distances of 𝑃 from the 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 and the 𝑥 −
𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 respectively. The reverse of this technique also provides
method for associating exactly one point in the plane with any
ordered pair (𝑥, 𝑦) of real numbers. This method of pairing of
in a one-to-one fashion the points in a plane with ordered pairs of real numbers is called the
two-dimensional rectangular (or Cartesian) coordinate system.

Note
If (𝑥, 𝑦) are the coordinates of a point P, then the first member (component) of the ordered pair
is called the x - coordinate or abscissa of P and the second member of the ordered pair is
called the y - coordinate or ordinate of P. Note that abscissa is always first element and the
ordinate is second element in an ordered pair.

Quadrants
The coordinate axes divide the plane into four equal parts
called quadrants. They are defined as follows:
Quadrant I: All points (𝑥, 𝑦) with 𝑥 > 0, 𝑦 > 0
Quadrant II: All points (𝑥, 𝑦) with 𝑥 < 0, 𝑦 > 0
Quadrant III: All points (𝑥, 𝑦) with 𝑥 < 0, 𝑦 < 0
Quadrant IV: All points (𝑥, 𝑦) with 𝑥 > 0, 𝑦 < 0

Distance Formula
Let 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) be the points in the plane, then distance 𝒅 is given by

𝑑 = |𝐴𝐵| = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 75

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

The Ratio Formula (Point Dividing the line-segment in a given Ratio)

Let 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) be the two given points in a plane. The coordinates of the point
2 𝑥1 𝑘1 𝑦2 +𝑘2 𝑦1
dividing the line segment 𝐴𝐵 in the ratio 𝑘1 : 𝑘2 are (𝑘1𝑘𝑥2+𝑘 +𝑘
,
𝑘 +𝑘
) .Where 𝑘1 , 𝑘2 are
1 2 1 2
positive integer.
Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be the points that divides 𝐴𝐵 in the ratio 𝑘1 : 𝑘2
(i) If the directed distances 𝐴𝑃 and 𝑃𝐵 have the same sign, then their ratio is positive and
𝑃 is said to divide 𝐴𝐵 internally.
𝑘1 𝑥2 + 𝑘2 𝑥1 𝑘1 𝑦2 + 𝑘2 𝑦1
( , )
𝑘1 + 𝑘2 𝑘1 + 𝑘2
(ii) If the directed distances AP and PB have opposite signs i.e. P is beyond AB. then their
ratio is negative and P is said to divide AB externally.
𝑘1 𝑥2 − 𝑘2 𝑥1 𝑘1 𝑦2 − 𝑘2 𝑦1
( , )
𝑘1 − 𝑘2 𝑘1 − 𝑘2
Mid-Point Formula
Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be the points that divides 𝐴𝐵 in the ratio 𝑘1 : 𝑘2 . If 𝑘1 : 𝑘2 = 1: 1, then 𝑃 becomes
̅̅̅̅ and coordinates of 𝑃 are given as
the mid-point of 𝐴𝐵
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
( , )
2 2
Note
• If 𝑘1 : 𝑘2 = 1: 1 , then the Ratio Formula becomes the Mid-Point Formula.
• The centroid of a triangle ∆ 𝐴𝐵𝐶 is a point that divides each median in the ratio 2: 1
• Median of a triangle are concurrent.
• Bisectors of angles of a triangle are concurrent.

Translation of axes
Let 𝑥𝑦 −coordinate system be given and 𝑂′ (ℎ, 𝑘) be
any point in the plane. Through 𝑂’ draw two mutually
perpendicular lines 𝑂’𝑋,𝑂’𝑌 such that 𝑂’𝑋 is parallel to
𝑂𝑥 . The new axes 𝑂’𝑋 and 𝑂’𝑌 are called translation
of the Ox- and Oy-axes through the point 𝑂’ . In
translation of axes, origin is shifted to another point in
the plane but the axes remain parallel to the old axes.
If P be a point with coordinates (𝑥, 𝑦) referred to
𝑥𝑦 −coordinate system and the axes be translated through the point 𝑂′(ℎ, 𝑘) and 𝑂’𝑋, 𝑂’𝑌 be
the new axes. If 𝑃 has coordinates (𝑋, 𝑌) referred to the new axes, then
𝑋 = 𝑥 − ℎ ,𝑌 = 𝑦 − 𝑘 or 𝑃(𝑋, 𝑌) = (𝑥 − ℎ, 𝑦 − 𝑘)
If 𝑃 has coordinates (𝑥, 𝑦) referred to the old axes, then
𝑥 = 𝑋 + ℎ ,𝑦 = 𝑌 + 𝑘 or 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = (𝑋 + ℎ, 𝑌 + 𝑘)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 76

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Rotation of Axes
Let 𝑥𝑦 −coordinate system be given. We rotate 𝑂𝑥 and
𝑂𝑦 about the origin through an angle 𝜃(0 < 𝜃 < 90° )
so that the new axes are OX and OY. This process is
called rotation of the axes. Let a point P have
coordinates (x, y) referred to the 𝑥𝑦-system and axes be
rotated about origin through an angle 𝜃 and 𝑂’𝑋,𝑂’𝑌 be
the new axes.
If 𝑃 has coordinates (𝑋, 𝑌) referred to the new axes,
then
𝑋 = 𝑥 cos 𝜃 + 𝑦 sin 𝜃, 𝑌 = 𝑦 cos 𝜃 − 𝑥 sin 𝜃
Or 𝑃(𝑋, 𝑌) = (𝑥 cos 𝜃 + 𝑦 sin 𝜃, 𝑦 cos 𝜃 − 𝑥 sin 𝜃 )
Inclination of a Line
The angle 𝛼 measured anti-clock wise from positive 𝑥-axis to a non-horizontal straight line 𝑙
is called inclination of the line.

Note
• If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line then 0° < α < 180°
• If a line 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑥-axis, then 𝛼 = 0°
• If a line 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑦-axis, then 𝛼 = 90°
Slope or Gradient of the line
If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line, tan 𝛼 is called its slope or gradient of a line. It is generally
denoted by 𝑚.
Thus 𝑚 = tan 𝛼
Note
• If a line 𝑙 is horizontal (parallel to 𝑥-axis), then its slope 𝑚 = 0
1
• If a line 𝑙 is vertical (parallel to 𝑦-axis), then its slope 𝑚 = 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 = ∞ = 0

• If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line 𝑙 and 0° < α < 90° , then slope "𝑚" is positive.
• If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line 𝑙 and 90° < α < 180° , then slope "𝑚" is negative.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 77

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Slope of a straight line joining two points

If a non-vertical line 𝑙 with inclination 𝛼 passes through two points 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ),
then its slope "𝑚" is
𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑦1 − 𝑦2
𝑚 = tan 𝛼 = =
𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑥1 − 𝑥2

Note
If 𝑙1 and 𝑙2 be two lines with slope 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 respectively. Then
(i) Parallel iff 𝑚1 = 𝑚2 ⇔ 𝑙1 ∥ 𝑙2
1
(ii) Perpendicular iff 𝑚1 . 𝑚2 = −1 or 𝑚1 = − 𝑚 ⇔ 𝑙1 ⊥ 𝑙2
2

Collinear
Let 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) and 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) be three points.
If Slope of AB = Slope of BC then 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 are Collinear Points.
Equation of the line Parallel to x-axis
If 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑥-axis remain at a constant distance (say a) from 𝑥-axis. Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be any
point on the line 𝑙. So, all the points on this line satisfy the equation.
𝑦=𝑎

Note
• If 𝑎 > 0, then the line 𝑙 is above 𝑥-axis
• If 𝑎 < 0, then the line 𝑙 is below 𝑥-axis
• If 𝑎 = 0, then the line 𝑙 becomes the 𝑥-axis
Equation of 𝑥-axis is 𝑦 = 0
Equation of the line Parallel to y-axis
If 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑦-axis remain at a constant distance (say b) from 𝑦-axis. Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be any
point on the line 𝑙. So, all the points on this line satisfy the equation.
𝑥=𝑏

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 78

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Note
• If 𝑏 > 0, then the line 𝑙 is above 𝑦-axis
• If 𝑏 < 0, then the line 𝑙 is below 𝑦-axis
• If 𝑏 = 0, then the line 𝑙 becomes the 𝑦-axis
Equation of 𝑦-axis is 𝑥 = 0

Intercepts
• If a line intersects 𝑥-axis at (𝑎, 0), then 𝑎 is called
𝑥-intercept of the line.
• If a line intersects 𝑦-axis at (0, 𝑏), then 𝑏 is called
𝑦-intercept of the line.
Slope-Intercept form of equation of a Straight Line
Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙 with slope "𝑚" and 𝑦-intercept "𝑐" is
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐
Point-Slope Form of Equation of a Straight Line
Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙 with slope "𝑚" passes through the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
The equation of the line through the origin 𝑂(0,0) having slope "𝑚" is
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥
Two-Point form of Equation of a Straight Line
Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙 with slope "𝑚" passes through the point 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )
and 𝑃2 (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) is
𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑦 − 𝑦1 𝑥 − 𝑥1
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) ⇒ =
𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1
𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑦 − 𝑦2 𝑥 − 𝑥2
𝑶𝑹 𝑦 − 𝑦2 = (𝑥 − 𝑥2 ) ⇒ =
𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 79

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑥 𝑦 1
𝑶𝑹 |𝑥1 𝑦1 1| = 0
𝑥2 𝑦2 1
Symmetric Form of Equation of a Straight Line
Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙 passes through the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) with inclination 𝛼
is
𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑦 − 𝑦1
= = 𝑟 (𝑠𝑎𝑦)
cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼
This is called symmetric form of equation of the line.
Two-Intercept Form of Equation of a Straight Line
Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙 whose non-zero 𝑥-intercept and 𝑦-intercepts are "𝑎"
and "𝑏" respectively is
𝑥 𝑦
+ =1
𝑎 𝑏
Normal Form of Equation of a Straight Line
Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙, such that length of the perpendicular from the origin
to 𝑙 is "𝑝" and "𝛼" is the inclination of this perpendicular is
𝑥 cos 𝛼 + 𝑦 sin 𝛼 = 𝑝

Note
The linear equation 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 in two variables 𝑥 and 𝑦 represents a straight line.
A linear equation in two variables 𝑥 and 𝑦 is
𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
Where 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐 are constants and 𝑎 and 𝑏 are not simultaneously zero.

Position of a Point with respect to a line

Let 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) be appoint in the plane not lying on the line 𝑙: 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 ---- (1)
(a) Above the line (1) if 𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐 > 0
(b) Below the line (1) if 𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐 < 0
Condition of Concurrency of Three Straight Lines
Three non-parallel lines
𝑙1 : 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑦 + 𝑐1 = 0 , 𝑙2 : 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑏2 𝑦 + 𝑐2 = 0 , 𝑙3 : 𝑎3 𝑥 + 𝑏3 𝑦 + 𝑐3 = 0
𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1
Are concurrent iff |𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 | = 0
𝑎3 𝑎3 𝑐3

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 80

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Note
• Two non-parallel lines intersect each other at one and only one point.
• An infinite number of lines can pass through a point.
• Altitudes of a triangle are concurrent.
• Right bisectors of a triangle are concurrent.

Distance of a point from a Line

The distance "𝑑" from the points 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) to the line 𝑙: 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is given by
|𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐|
𝑑=
√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
If the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) lies on the line 𝑙: 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0, then distance "𝑑" is zero.

Distance Between Two Parallel Lines

The distance between two parallel lines is the distance from any point on one of the lines to
the other line.

Area of Triangle
Let 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) and 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) be three points. Then area of a triangle 𝛥𝐴𝐵𝐶 is given
𝑥1 𝑦1 1
1
by ∆= |𝑥2 𝑦2 1|
2
𝑥3 𝑦3 1
If the points 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) and 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) are collinear, then ∆= 0.
Median of a Triangle
The median of a triangle is a line segment from the vertex to the
midpoint of the opposite side. Because a triangle has three
vertexes, it has also three medians.

Centroid of a Triangle
The point at which three medians of a triangle intersects is
called centroid of a triangle. In figure the point G is Centroid.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 81

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Trapezium
A quadrilateral having two parallel and two non-parallel sides
is called trapezium.
1
Area of trapezoidal region= (𝑠𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 ∥ 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠)(𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 ∥ 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠)
2

1
From figure Area of Trapezium = 2 (𝐴𝐵 + 𝐷𝐶)(ℎ)

Angle between Two Lines

Let 𝑙1 and 𝑙2 be two non-vertical lines such that they are not perpendicular to each axes. If 𝑚1
and 𝑚2 are the lopes of 𝑙1 and 𝑙2 respectively, then the angle 𝜃 from 𝑙1 to 𝑙2 is given by:
𝑚2 − 𝑚1
tan 𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2

Corollary 1. 𝑙1 ∥ 𝑙2 if and only if 𝑚1 = 𝑚2

⇒ 𝜃 = 0°
Corollary 2. 𝑙1 ⊥ 𝑙2 if and only if 1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2=0
⇒ 𝜃=∞
Homogeneous Equation
Let 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 0 be any equation in the variables 𝑥 any 𝑦, equation 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 0 is called a
homogeneous equation of degree n ( a positive integer ) if
𝑓(𝑘𝑥, 𝑘𝑦) = 𝑘 𝑛 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) for some real number 𝑘.
Every homogeneous second-degree equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents a pair of lines
through the origin. The lines are
(i) Real and distinct, if ℎ2 > 𝑎𝑏
(ii) Real and Coincident, if ℎ2 = 𝑎𝑏
(iii) Imaginary, if ℎ2 < 𝑎𝑏

Measure of Angle Between the Lines Represented by

𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0
2√ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
tan 𝜃 =
𝑎+𝑏
• Two lines are parallel, if 𝜃 = 0°, so that tan 𝜃 = 0 which implies 𝒉𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃 = 𝟎 which
is condition for the lines to be coincident.
• Two lines are orthogonal (⊥), if 𝜃 = 90°, so that tan 𝜃 = ∞ (undefined), which
implies 𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝟎. Hence the condition for 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 to represent a pair
of orthogonal (perpendicular) lines is that sum of the coefficients of 𝒙𝟐 and 𝒚𝟐 is 𝟎.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 82

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct Option.
1 If (𝑥, 𝑦) are the coordinates of a point P, then the first member of the order pair is
called
a x-coordinate b Abscissa c Ordinate d Both a and b
2 If (𝑥, 𝑦) are the coordinates of a point P, then the second member of the order pair is
called
a x-coordinate b Abscissa c Ordinate d Both a and b
3 If 𝑥 > 0, 𝑦 > 0 then 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie in _____ quadrant.
a I b II c III d IV
4 If 𝑥 < 0, 𝑦 > 0 then 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie in _____ quadrant.
a I b II c III d IV
5 If 𝑥 < 0, 𝑦 < 0 then 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie in _____ quadrant.
a I b II c III d IV
6 If 𝑥 > 0, 𝑦 < 0 then 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie in _____ quadrant.
a I b II c III d IV
7 Distance between the points 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) is define as
√(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 √(𝑥1 − 𝑥2 )2 + (𝑦1 − 𝑦2 )2 𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
a b c ( , ) d Both a and b
2 2
8 If point C(−5, 3) is the centre of the circle and 𝑃(7, −2) lies on the circle then radius
of the circle is
a 12 b 13 c 15 d 0
9 Mid-point of the line segment 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) is
𝑥1 − 𝑥2 𝑦1 − 𝑦2 𝑥 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 𝑥1 + 𝑦 𝑥2 + 𝑦
a ( , ) b ( 1 , ) c ( 2 1 , 2 2 ) d None
2 2 2 2
10 If 𝑥 > 0 then 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie in
a Left half plane b Right half plane c x-axis d y-axis
11 If y> 0 then 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie in
a Left half plane b Right half plane c x-axis d y-axis
12 Distance between the points (0, 0) and (3, 4) is
a 6 b 5 c 7 d 8
13 Distance between the points (1,2) and (2,2) is
a 3 b 5 c 1 d 8

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 83

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

14 Distance between the origin and (4,5) is

a √31 b √41 c √51 d √64
15 Coordinate of the mid-point of the joining the points (5,7) and (7,5) are
a (6,5) b (5,5) c (5,6) d (6,6)
16 Given the points 𝐴(7,5) and 𝐵(−6,1). The mid-point of the segment 𝐴𝐵 is
a (1,6) b (13,4) c 1 d (−13, −4)
( , 3)
2
17 In translation of axis, origin is shifted to another point in the plane but axes remain
a same b Parallel to old c Perpendicular to d None
axes old axes
18 The angle 𝛼 measured anti-clock wise from positive 𝑥-axis to a non-horizontal straight
line 𝑙 is called
a Slope of line b Gradient of line c Inclination of d None
line
19 The inclination of the line is always measures
a Clock-wise b Anti-clockwise c Both a & b d None
20 If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line then
a 0° < α < 90° b 0° < α < 180° c 0° < α < 270° d None
21 If a line 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑥-axis, then its inclination 𝛼 =____?
a 1° b 0° c 90° d 180°
22 If a line 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑦-axis, then its inclination 𝛼 =____?
a 1° b 0° c 90° d 180°
23 If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line then slope of line is
a cot 𝛼 b sin 𝛼 c cos 𝛼 d tan 𝛼
24 Slope of a line is represented by
a 𝑠 b 𝑚 c 𝛼 d None
25 If a line 𝑙 is horizontal (parallel to 𝑥-axis), then its slope is
a 1 b 0 c 90 d ∞
26 If a line 𝑙 is vertical (parallel to 𝑦-axis), then its slope is
a 1 b 0 c 90 d ∞
27 If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line 𝑙 and 0° < α < 90° , then slope "𝑚" is
a positive b negative c Zero d None

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 84

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

28 If 𝛼 is the inclination of the line 𝑙 and 90° < α < 180° , then slope "𝑚" is
a positive b negative c zero d None
29 If a non-vertical line 𝑙 with inclination 𝛼 passes through two points 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and
𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ), then its slope "𝑚" is
a 𝑦2 − 𝑦1 b 𝑦1 − 𝑦2 c 𝑦1 − 𝑦2 d Both a & b
𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑥1 − 𝑥2 𝑥2 − 𝑥1
30 If Slope of AB = Slope of BC then 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 are
a Linear b Collinear c Perpendicular d None
31 If 𝑙1 and 𝑙2 be two lines with slope 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 respectively. Then 𝑙1 ∥ 𝑙2 if
a 𝑚1 𝑚2 = 0 b 𝑚1 𝑚2 = 1 c 𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1 d 𝑚1 = 𝑚2
32 If 𝑙1 and 𝑙2 be two lines with slope 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 respectively. Then 𝑙1 ⊥ 𝑙2 if
a 𝑚1 𝑚2 = 0 b 𝑚1 𝑚2 = 1 c 𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1 d 𝑚1 = 𝑚2
33 If a point 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie on line 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑥-axis remain at a constant distance “𝑎”
from 𝑥-axis then its equation is
a 𝑦=𝑎 b 𝑥=𝑎 c 𝑦=𝑏 d 𝑥=𝑏
34 If a point 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) lie on line 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑦-axis remain at a constant distance “𝑏”
from 𝑦-axis then its equation is
a 𝑦=𝑎 b 𝑥=𝑎 c 𝑦=𝑏 d 𝑥=𝑏
35 Equation of 𝑥-axis is
a 𝑥=0 b 𝑦=0 c 𝑥=𝑎 d 𝑦=𝑏
36 Equation of 𝑦-axis is
a 𝑥=0 b 𝑦=0 c 𝑥=𝑎 d 𝑦=𝑏
37 If a line intersects 𝑥-axis at (𝑎, 0), then 𝑎 is called ____ of the line.
a 𝑥-intercept b 𝑦-intercept c Origin d None
38 If a line intersects 𝑦-axis at (0, 𝑏), then 𝑏 is called ____ of the line.
a 𝑥-intercept b 𝑦-intercept c Origin d None
39 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 is equation of the line in _____ form.
a Normal b Symmetric c Slope-point d Slope-intercept
40 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 is equation of the line passes through
a 𝑥-axis b 𝑦-axis c Origin d None
41 𝑦-intercept of the line 𝑦 = 2𝑥 + 5
a 5 b 2 c 0 d −5

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 85

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

42 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) is called equation of line in ____ form.

a Normal b Symmetric c Point-slope d Slope-intercept
43 The point of concurrency of the medians of a triangle is called ___.
a In-centre b Centroid c Circumcircle d Orthocenter
44 Medians of a triangle are ____.
a Collinear b Concurrent c Perpendicular d Parallel
45 Bisectors of angles of a triangle are ____
a Collinear b Concurrent c Perpendicular d Parallel
46 Equation of a non-vertical straight line 𝑙 passes through the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) with
inclination 𝛼 is ___ OR Symmetric form of equation of straight line is ____
a 𝑥 + 𝑥1
=
𝑦 + 𝑦1 b 𝑥 − 𝑥1 = 𝑦 − 𝑦1 c 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 d None
cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼
47 Equation of straight line 𝑙 if its 𝑥-intercept is "𝑎"and 𝑦-intercepts is "𝑏" is
a 𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑦 − 𝑦1 b 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 c 𝑥+𝑦 =1 d None
=
cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 𝑎 𝑏
48 Normal form of equation of straight line is
𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑦 − 𝑦1
a = b 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) c 𝑥 cos 𝛼 + 𝑦 sin 𝛼 = 𝑝 d None
cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼
49 The linear equation 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 in two variables 𝑥 and 𝑦 represents
a Circle b Parabola c Straight line d Ellipse
50 Slope of the line 5𝑥 − 12𝑦 + 39 = 0 is equal to
a 5 b 5 c 5 d 5
− −
12 12 39 39
51 The point (−2,4) lie on the line 4𝑥 + 5𝑦 − 3 = 0
a Above b Below c On the lie d None
52 Two non-parallel lines intersect each other at
a One point b Two points c Three points d Four points
53 If two lines are parallel then their intersecting point
a Exists b Not exist c Is origin d None
54 Altitudes of a triangle are
a Collinear b Concurrent c Perpendicular d Parallel
55 Right bisectors of a triangle are
a Collinear b Concurrent c Perpendicular d Parallel
56 The distance "𝑑" from the points 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) to the line 𝑙: 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 86

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a |𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 − 𝑐| b |𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐| c |𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐| d |𝑎𝑥1 − 𝑏𝑦1 − 𝑐|

√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 √𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
57 If the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) lies on the line 𝑙: 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0, then distance "𝑑" is
a |𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐| b |𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐| c Zero d 1
√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 √𝑎2 − 𝑏 2
58 If the points 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) and 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) are collinear, then its area is
a 1 b 0 c 2 d 3
59 If area of triangle ABC is zero then points are
a Linear b Concurrent c Collinear d None
60 Equation of horizontal line through (7, −9)
a 𝑥=7 b 𝑦 = −9 c 𝑦=7 d 𝑥 = −9
61 Equation of vertical line through (−5,3)
a 𝑥 = −5 b 𝑦=3 c 𝑦 = −5 d 𝑥=3
62 Equation of line bisecting the first and third quadrant is
a 𝑥=𝑦 b 𝑥 = −𝑦 c 𝑥−𝑦 =1 d None
63 The point of the intersection of the altitudes of a triangle is called
a Centroid b In-centre c Ortho-centre d Circum-centre
64 Every homogeneous equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two real lines passes
through the origin (0,0) if
a ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 > 0 b ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 < 0 c ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0 d None
65 Every homogeneous equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two imaginary lines
passes through the origin (0,0) if
a ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 > 0 b ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 < 0 c ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0 d None
66 Every homogeneous equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two real and
coincident lines passes through the origin (0,0) if
a ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 > 0 b ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 < 0 c ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0 d None
67 Slope of line perpendicular to 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 1 = 0 is
a 2 b 2 c 3 d 3
− −
3 3 2 2
68 Slope of the line 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 − 8 = 0 is
a 2 b 2 c 3 d 3
− −
3 3 2 2
69 The angle between two lines represented by 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 is 𝜃 = __

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 87

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 2√ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 b 2√ℎ2 + 𝑎𝑏 c 2√ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 d √ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏

tan−1 ( ) tan−1 ( ) tan−1 ( ) tan−1 ( )
𝑎+𝑏 𝑎+𝑏 𝑎−𝑏 𝑎+𝑏

70 Slope of the line passes through (2,6) and (8, −6) is

a 5 b 2 c 4 d 3
71 Slope of line with inclination 60° is
a 0 b 1 c 1⁄ d √3
√3
72 𝑃 is mid-point of 𝐴𝐵 then 𝑃 divides 𝐴𝐵 in ratio
a 1: 1 b 2: 2 c 1: 2 d Both a & b
73 Every homogeneous equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two straight lines
a Through the b Not through the c Parallel to each d Perpendicular
origin origin other to each other
74 Slope of line with inclination 30° is
a 0 b 1 c 1⁄ d √3
√3
75 The point of concurrency of median of a triangle is called
a Centroid b In-centre c Ortho-centre d Circum-centre
76 Equation of straight line passes through the point (−8 , 5) having slope undefined is
a 𝑥−8=0 b 𝑥+8=0 c 𝑦+5=0 d None
77 Equation of the line having x-intercept: −3 and y-intercept: 4 is
a 𝑥−𝑦+2=0 b 4𝑥 − 𝑦 + 36 = 0 c 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 = 0 d 𝑥−𝑦 =0
78 The length of the perpendicular from (0,0) to 15𝑦 − 8𝑥 + 3 = 0
a 3 b 17 c 3 d 0
17 3
79 The point of intersection of the line 5𝑥 + 7𝑦 = 35 and 3𝑥 − 7𝑦 = 21 is
a (0,7) b (7,0) c (2,3) d (1,2)
80 Two lines 5𝑥 + 7𝑦 = 35 and 3𝑥 − 7𝑦 = 21 are
a Parallel b Perpendicular c Neither parallel nor d None
perpendicular
81 The perpendicular distance from the point 𝑃(−4,7) to the line 6𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 9 = 0 is
a 49⁄ b √52 c 1⁄ d 0
√52 √52
82 If two lines 𝑙1 and 𝑙2 having slopes −7⁄3 and 5⁄2 respectively. Then the angle 𝑙1 to 𝑙2
is

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 88

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a −1 b 1 c 3 d 0
83 If a line passes through the points (4,6) and (4,8) then its inclination is
a 60° b 30° c 45° d 90°
84 3 5
𝑃 (7 , − 7) lie in _____ quadrant.

a I b II c III d IV
85 The distance of point (−2,3) from y-axis is:
a 2 b −2 c −3 d 3
86 The points 𝐴(−5, −2). 𝐵(5, −4) are ends of a diameter of a circle. The centre will be:
a (0, 3) b (0, −3) c (5, 2) d (−5, 4)
87 If distance between two points (3, 1) and (𝑘, 2) is “1”, then value of 𝑘 = ___
a −3 b 3 c 1 d 2
88 The centroid of a triangle divides each median in the ratio:
a 2: 1 b 1: 2 c 3: 1 d 1: 3
89 The distance between the points (1, 2) and (2, 1) is:
a √3 b √5 c √2 d √7
90 The distance between the points (0, 0) and (1, 2) is:
a 0 b 2 c √3 d √5
91 The perpendicular distance of the line 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 10 = 0 from (0, 0)
a 0 b 1 c 2 d 10
92 The slope of the line through the points (−2, 4) and (5, 11) is:
a −1 b 0 c 1 d 2
93 𝑦-intercept of line 2𝑥 − 𝑦 − 4 = 0 is:
a 2 b −2 c 4 d −4
94 Equation of the line passing through (5 , −7) having slope undefined is:
a 𝑦 = −7 b 𝑥=5 c 𝑥 = −5 d 𝑦=7
95 Equation of line bisecting II and IV quadrant.
a 𝑦=𝑥 b 𝑦 = −𝑥 c 1 d 𝑥+𝑦 =1
𝑦=
𝑥
96 The distance between the points (3, 1) and (−2, −4) is:
a 3√2 b 5√2 c 4√2 d 5
97 If (3, 5) is the mid-point of (5, 𝑦) and (𝑥, 7) then 𝑥 =? , 𝑦 =?

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 89

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 𝑥 = 1, 𝑦 = 1 b 𝑥 = −3, 𝑦 = 1 c 𝑥 = 1, 𝑦 = 3 d 𝑥 = −5, 𝑦 = 2
98 Equation of line with slope −2, 𝑦-intercept 3 is:
a 𝑥 − 2𝑦 = 3 b 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 2 c 2𝑥 + 𝑦 = 3 d 𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 2
99 Slope of the line 5𝑥 + 7𝑦 = 35 is:
a 5 b 7 c 35 d 5
−
7 5 7
100 The distance of point (3,7) from 𝑥-axis is:
a 7 b 3 c −3 d −7
101 Distance between the points (2,3) and (3,2) is:
a √2 b 2 c 1 d 2√2
102 Equation of line passing through (−2,5) having slope 0 is:
a 𝑐=5 b 𝑦=5 c 𝑥 = −2 d 𝑥=2
103 If (4, −2), (−2,4), (4,10) are vertices of triangle than its centroid is:
a (−2,4) b (2,4) c (2, −4) d (−2, −4)
104 Centroid of triangle with vertices 𝐴(2,1), 𝐵(−1,3) and 𝐶(−1, −4) is:
a (3,1) b (0,0) c (2,2) d (−2,5)
105 Equation of line having slope −5, 𝑦-intercept −7 is:
a 5𝑥 + 𝑦 + 7 = 0 b 5𝑥 − 𝑦 + 7 = 0 c 5𝑥 + 𝑦 − 7 = 0 d 7𝑥 + 𝑦 + 5 = 0

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 90

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
d c a b c d d b b b
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
d b c b d c b c b b
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
b c d b b d a d d b
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
d c a d b a a b d c
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
a c b b b b c c c a
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
a a b b b b c b c b
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
a a c a b c d d a b
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
d d a c a b b a b c
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
a a d d b b b a c d
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
c c d b b b c c d a
101 102 103 104 105
a b b b a

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 91

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. Show that the points 𝐴 (−1, 2), 𝐵 (7, 5) and 𝐶 (2, −6) are vertices of a right triangle.
2. The point 𝐶 (−5, 3) is the centre of a circle and 𝑃 (7, −2) lies on the circle. What is the
radius of the circle?
3. Find the coordinates of the point that divides the join of 𝐴 (−6, 3) and 𝐵 (5, −2) in the
ratio 2 ∶ 3. (i) internally (ii) externally
4. Find the distance and midpoint of 𝐴 (3 ,1), 𝐵 (−2 , −4 ).
5. Find the distance and midpoint of 𝐴 (−8 ,3), 𝐵 (2, −1).
1
6. Find the distance and midpoint of 𝐴 (−√5, − 3) , 𝐵(−3√5, 5).
7. Is (√176, 7) is at a distance of 15 units from origin?
8. Show that the points 𝐴 (0, 2), 𝐵( √3, −1) and 𝐶 (0, −2) are vertices of a right triangle.
9. Show that the points 𝐴 (3, 1), 𝐵 (−2, −3) and 𝐶 (2, 2) are vertices of an isosceles triangle.
10. Find h such that 𝐴 (−1, ℎ ), 𝐵 (3, 2) and 𝐶 (7, 3) are collinear.
11. The points 𝐴 (−5, −2) and 𝐵 (5, −4) are ends of a diameter of a circle. Find the Centre
and radius of the circle.
12. Find the points trisecting the join of 𝐴 (−1, 4) and 𝐵 (6, 2).
13. Find the point three-fifth of the way along the line segment from 𝐴 (−5, 8) to 𝐵 (5, 3).
14. Find the point P on the join of A (1, 4) and B (5, 6) that is twice as far from A as B is from
A and lies on the same side of A as B does.
15. The coordinates of a point 𝑃 are (−6, 9) .The axes are translated through the point
𝑂’ (−3, 2). Find the coordinates of 𝑃 referred to the new axes.
16. The two points 𝑃(−2,6), 𝑂′(−3, 2) are given in 𝑥𝑦 -coordinate system. Find the
𝑋𝑌 −coordinates of P.
17. The two points 𝑃(−6, − 8), 𝑂′ (−4, − 6) are given in 𝑥𝑦-coordinate system. Find the
𝑋𝑌 −coordinates of P.
18. The coordinates of two points 𝑃 (−5, −3), 𝑂’ (−2 , −6) are given in the XY-coordinate
system. Find the coordinates of P in 𝑥𝑦 −coordinate system.
19. Find the 𝑋𝑌 −coordinates of the point P with given 𝑥𝑦 −coordinates. 𝑃 (5, 3 ), 𝜃 = 45°.
20. Show that the points 𝐴(−3, 6), 𝐵(3, 2) and 𝐶(6, 0) are collinear.
21. Show that the triangle with vertices 𝐴 (1, 1), 𝐵 (4, 5) and 𝐶 (12, −1) is a right triangle.
22. Find an equation of the straight line if its slope is 2 and y-intercept is 5.
23. Find an equation of the straight line if it is perpendicular to a line with slope −6 and its
4
y-intercept is .
3
24. Find an equation of line through the points (−2, 1) and (6, −4).
25. Write Intercept Form of Equation of a Straight Line.
26. Write down an equation of the line which cuts the x-axis at (2, 0) and y-axis at (0, −4).
27. Find equation of line passing through (2,3), having slope −1.
28. The length of perpendicular from the origin to a line is 5 units and the inclination of this
perpendicular is 120°. Find the slope and y-intercept of the line.
29. Convert the equation 5𝑥 − 12𝑦 + 39 = 0 into
(i) Slope intercept form (ii) Two-intercept form (iii) Normal form
30. Check whether the following lines are concurrent or not.
3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 3 = 0, 5𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 1 = 0 , 32𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 17 = 0
31. Find the distance between the parallel lines 2𝑥 – 5𝑦 + 13 = 0 & 2𝑥 – 5𝑦 + 6 = 0
32. Find the area of the triangular region with vertices (𝑎, 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) , (𝑎 , 𝑏 − 𝑐) and (−𝑎 , 𝑐).

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 92

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

33. Find the area of the triangle with vertices 𝐴 (1, 4), 𝐵 (2, − 3) and 𝐶 (3, − 10).
34. Define Trapezium.
35. Define Centroid of a triangle.
36. Define Medians of a triangle.
37. Find the slope and inclination of the line joining the points (−2, 4), (5, 11).
38. Find the slope and inclination of the line joining the points (3, −2) , (2, 7).
39. Find the slope and inclination of the line joining the points (4, 6), (4, 8).
40. By means of slopes, show that the points (−1, −3), (1, 5), (2, 9) lie on the same line.
41. By means of slopes, show that the points (4 , −5), (7, 5), (10, 15) lie on the same line.
42. By means of slopes, show that the points (−4, 6), (3, 8), (10, 10) lie on the same line.
43. Find k so that the line joining 𝐴 (7, 3), 𝐵 (𝑘, −6) and the line joining 𝐶 (−4, 5), 𝐷 (−6, 4)
are (i) parallel (ii) perpendicular.
44. Find an equation of the horizontal line through (7, −9).
45. Find an equation of the vertical line through (−5, 3).
46. Find an equation of the line bisecting the first and third quadrants.
47. Find an equation of the line bisecting the second and fourth quadrants.
48. Find an equation of the line through 𝐴 (−6, 5) having slope 7.
49. Find an equation of the line through (8, −3) having slope 0.
50. Find an equation of the line through (−8 , 5) having slope undefined.
51. Find an equation of the line through (−5, −3) and (9, −1).
52. Find an equation of the line having y-intercept: −7 and slope: −5.
53. Find an equation of the line having x-intercept: −3 and y-intercept: 4.
54. Find an equation of the line having x-intercept: −9 and slope: −4.
−3
55. Find an equation of the line through (−4, −6) and perpendicular to line having slope 2 .
56. Find an equation of the line through (11, −5) and parallel to a line with slope −24.
57. Convert 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 11 = 0 into (𝑖) Slope intercept form (𝑖𝑖) two intercept form
58. Convert 4𝑥 + 7𝑦 − 2 = 0 into (𝑖) Slope intercept form (𝑖𝑖) two intercept form
59. Convert 15𝑦 − 8𝑥 + 13 = 0 into (𝑖) two intercept form (𝑖𝑖) normal form
60. Show that the lines 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 3 = 0 , 4𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 5 = 0 are parallel.
61. Check whether the two lines 12𝑥 + 35𝑦 − 7 = 0 , 105𝑥 − 36𝑦 + 11 = 0 are
parallel or perpendicular.
62. Find the distance between two parallel lines 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 3 = 0 , 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 7 = 0
63. Find an equation of the line through (−4, 7) and parallel to the line 2𝑥 − 7𝑦 + 4 = 0.
64. Check whether the point (5, 8) lies above or below the line 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 6 = 0.
65. Check whether the point (−7, 6) lies above or below the line 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 – 9 = 0.
66. Find the distance from the point 𝑃(6, −1) to the line 6𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 9 = 0.
67. Find the area of the triangular region whose vertices are 𝐴 (5, 3), 𝐵 (−2, 2), 𝐶 (4, 2).
68. Find the area of the triangle with vertices 𝐴(2, 3), 𝐵(−1, 1) and 𝐶(4, −5).
−7 5
69. Find the angle from the line with slope 3 to the line with slope 2.
70. Check whether the lines are concurrent or not?
3𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 7 = 0 , 2𝑥 − 5𝑦 + 8 = 0 , 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 3 = 0
71. Find the point of intersection of the lines; 𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 , 2𝑥 − 𝑦 + 2 = 0
72. Find the point of intersection of the lines; 3𝑥 + 𝑦 + 12 = 0 , 𝑥 + 2𝑦 − 1 = 0
73. Find the point of intersection of the lines; 𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 12 = 0 , 𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 3 = 0
74. Determine the value of p such that the lines 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 1 = 0, 3𝑥 − 𝑦 − 5 = 0 and
3𝑥 + 𝑝𝑦 + 8 = 0 meet at a point (concurrent).
75. Show that the lines 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 8 = 0 , 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 6 = 0 , 𝑥 − 𝑦 − 2 = 0 are concurrent.
76. Define Homogeneous Equation.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 93

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

77. Find an equation of each of the lines represented by 20𝑥 2 + 17𝑥𝑦 − 24𝑦 2 = 0.
78. Find measure of the angle between the lines represented by 𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑦 − 6𝑦 2 = 0
79. Find equation of two lines represented by 10𝑥 2 − 23𝑥𝑦 − 5𝑦 2 = 0 .
80. Find equation of two lines represented by 3𝑥 2 + 7𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 2 = 0 .
81. Find equation of two lines represented by 9𝑥 2 + 24𝑥𝑦 + 16𝑦 2 = 0 .
82. Find equation of two lines represented by 2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑦 − 5𝑦 2 = 0 .
83. Find equation of two lines represented by 6𝑥 2 − 19𝑥𝑦 + 15𝑦 2 = 0 .
84. Find measure of angle between the two lines represented by 10𝑥 2 − 23𝑥𝑦 − 5𝑦 2 = 0 .
85. Find measure of angle between the two lines represented by 2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑦 − 5𝑦 2 = 0 .
86. Find measure of angle between the two lines represented by 3𝑥 2 + 7𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 2 = 0 .

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 94

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

1. Find h such that the points 𝐴( √3, −1), 𝐵 (0, 2) and 𝐶 (ℎ, −2) are vertices of a right
triangle with right angle at the vertex A.
2. Find h such that the points 𝐴 (ℎ , 1), 𝐵 (2, 7) and 𝐶 (−6, −7) are vertices of a right triangle
with right angle at the vertex A.
3. Find the point which is equidistant from the points 𝐴 (5, 3), 𝐵 (−2, 2) and 𝐶 (4, 2). What
is the radius of the circumcircle of the ΔABC?
4. The points (4, −2), (−2, 4) and (5, 5) are the vertices of a triangle. Find in-Centre of the
triangle.
5. Prove that the linear equation 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 in two variables x and y represents a
straight line.
6. The three points 𝐴 (7, −1), 𝐵 (−2, 2) and 𝐶(1, 4) are consecutive vertices of a
parallelogram. Find the fourth vertex.
7. Find an equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment joining the points 𝐴 (3,5)
and 𝐵 (9, 8).
8. Find equations of the sides, altitudes and medians of the triangle whose vertices are
𝐴(−3, 2), 𝐵(5, 4) and 𝐶(3, −8).
9. The points 𝐴(−1, 2), 𝐵(6, 3) and 𝐶(2, −4) are vertices of a triangle. Show that the line
1
joining the midpoint D of AB and the midpoint E of AC is parallel to 𝐵𝐶 and 𝐷𝐸 = 2 𝐵𝐶.
10. Find an equation of the line through (5, −8) and perpendicular to the join of
𝐴 (−15, −8), 𝐵 (10, 7).
11. Find equations of two parallel lines perpendicular to 2𝑥 − 𝑦 + 3 = 0 such that the product
of the x- and y-intercepts of each is 3.
12. One vertex of a parallelogram is (1, 4), the diagonals intersect at (2, 1) and the sides have
−1
slopes 1 and 7 . Find the other three vertices.
13. Find the angles of the triangle whose vertices are 𝐴 (−5, 4), 𝐵 (−2, −1), 𝐶 (7, −5).
14. Find an equation of the line through the point (2, −9) and the intersection of the lines
2𝑥 + 5𝑦 − 8 = 0 and 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 6 = 0
15. Find an equation of the line through the intersection of the lines 𝑥 − 𝑦 − 4 = 0 and
7𝑥 + 𝑦 + 20 = 0 and parallel to the line 6𝑥 + 𝑦 − 14 = 0
16. Find an equation of the line through the intersection of the lines 𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 3 = 0,
3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 7 = 0 and making equal intercepts on the axes.
17. Find an equation of the line through the intersection of 16𝑥 − 10𝑦 − 33 = 0;
12𝑥 + 14𝑦 + 29 = 0 and the intersection of 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 4 = 0 ; 𝑥 − 7𝑦 + 2 = 0
18. Find the condition that the lines 𝑦 = 𝑚1 𝑥 + 𝑐1 ; 𝑦 = 𝑚2 𝑥 + 𝑐2 ; 𝑦 = 𝑚3 𝑥 + 𝑐3 are
concurrent.
19. Show that the lines 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 8 = 0 , 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 6 = 0 , 𝑥 − 𝑦 − 2 = 0 are concurrent
and the third line bisects the angle formed by the first two lines.
20. The vertices of a triangle are 𝐴 (−2, 3), 𝐵 (−4, 1) and 𝐶 (3, 5). Find coordinates of the
(𝑖) centroid (𝑖𝑖) orthocenter (𝑖𝑖𝑖) circumcenter of the triangle
Are these three points collinear?
21. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle formed by the lines
𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 6 = 0, 3𝑥 − 𝑦 + 3 = 0, 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 4 = 0
Also find measures of the angles of the triangle.
22. Find the interior angles of the triangle whose vertices are 𝐴(−2, 11), 𝐵(−6, −3), 𝐶(4, −9).

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 95

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

23. Find the interior angles of the triangle whose vertices are 𝐴(6, 1), 𝐵(2, 7), 𝐶(−6, −7).
24. Find the interior angles of the triangle whose vertices are 𝐴(2, −5), 𝐵(−4, −3), 𝐶(−1, 5).
25. Find the area of the region bounded by the triangle whose sides are
7𝑥 − 𝑦 − 10 = 0, 10𝑥 + 𝑦 − 14 = 0, 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 3 = 0.
26. Find a joint equation of the straight lines through the origin and perpendicular to the lines
represented by 𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑦 − 6𝑦 2 = 0
27. Find equation of two lines represented by 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑦 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝛼 + 𝑦 2 = 0 and also find measure
of angle between them.
28. Find a joint equation of the straight lines through the origin and perpendicular to the lines
represented by 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑦𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛼 − 𝑦 2 = 0
29. Find a joint equation of the straight lines through the origin and perpendicular to the lines
represented by 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0
30. Find the area of the region bounded by:
10𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑦 − 21𝑦 2 = 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 1 = 0

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 96

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
5
Linear Inequalities
and
Linear Programming

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 97

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Inequality
Inequalities are expressed by the following four symbols;
(i) > (greater than)
(ii) < (less than)
(iii) ≥ (greater than or equal to)
(iv) ≤ (less than or equal to)
Example: - (𝑖) 𝑎𝑥 < 𝑏 (𝑖𝑖) 2𝑥 − 𝑦 > 0 (𝑖𝑖𝑖) 5𝑥 − 𝑦 ≥ 0 (𝑖𝑣) 𝑥 + 2𝑦 ≤ 3
The following operations will not affect the order (or sense) of inequality while changing it to
simpler equivalent form:
(i) Adding or subtracting a constant to each side of it.
(ii) Multiplying or dividing each side of it by a positive constant.

Note
The order (or sense) of an inequality is changed by multiplying or dividing its each side by a
negative constant.

Linear Inequality
A Linear Inequality in two variables x any y can be one of the following forms:
𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 < 𝑐 ; 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 > 𝑐 ; 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 ≥ 𝑐 ; 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 ≤ 𝑐
Where a, b and c are constants and a, b are not both zero.
Solution of Linear Inequality
A solution of a linear inequality in x and y is an ordered pair of numbers which satisfies the
inequality.
Example: - The ordered pair (1, 1) is a solution of the inequality x + 2y < 6
Because 1 + 2(1) = 3 < 6 which is true.

Note
(i) There are infinitely many ordered pairs that satisfy the inequality
(ii) Graph of linear inequality is the half plane.
(iii) The linear equation ax + by = c is called “associated or corresponding equation” of linear
inequalities 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 < 𝑐 ; 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 > 𝑐 ; 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 ≥ 𝑐 ; 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 ≤ 𝑐

Corner Point or Vertex

A point of a solution region where two of its boundary lines intersect, is called a corner point
or vertex of the solution region.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 98

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Problem Constraint
Tackling a certain problem from everyday life each linear inequality concerning the problem
is named as problem constraint.
Problem Constraints
The system of linear inequalities involved in the problem concerned are called problem
constraints.
Non-negative Constraints
The variables used in the system of linear inequalities relating to the problems of everyday
life are non-negative and are called non-negative constraints.
Decision Variables
The non-negative constraints which are used to taking a decision are called decision variables.
Feasible Region
A region which is restricted to the first quadrant is referred to as a feasible region for the set
of given constraints.
Feasible Solution
Each point of the feasible region is called a feasible solution of the system of linear inequalities
(or for the set of a given constraints).
Feasible Solution Set
A set consisting of all the feasible solutions of the system of linear inequalities are called a
feasible solution set.
Convex Region
If the line segment obtained by joining any two points of a region lies entirely within the region,
then the region is called Convex.
Objective Function
A function which is to be maximized or minimized is called an objective function.
Optimal Solution
The feasible solution which maximizes or minimizes the objective function is called the
optimal solution.
Theorem of Linear Programming
The theorem of linear programming states that the maximum and minimum values of the
objective function occur at corner points of the feasible region.
Procedure for determining Optimal Solution
(i) Graph the solution set of linear inequality constraints to determine feasible region.
(ii) Find the corner points of the feasible region.
(iii) Evaluate the objective function at each corner point to find the optimal solution.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 99

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct Option.
1 An expression involving any one of the symbols, <, >, ≤ and ≥ is called
a Equation b Inequality c Identity d Linear equation
2 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 < 𝑐 is linear inequality in ______ variables.
a one b two c three d four
3 The solution set of the inequality 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 < 𝑐 is the
a Half plane b Whole plane c Quadrant of a d Circle
plane
4 Solution of the inequality is
a Finite b Infinite c Three d Four
5 The graph of inequality 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 < 𝑐 is
a Circle b Half plane c Straight line d Both b & c
6 Graph of the inequality 𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 6 lies ____
a Opposite to b Towards origin c In 1st quadrant d In 2nd quadrant
origin
7 2𝑥 − 8 < 0 is
a Equation b Identity c Inequality d Curve
8 The graph of 2𝑥 ≥ 3 lies in
a Upper half plane b Lower half plane c Left half plane d Right half plane
9 The graph of the equation 2𝑦 = −3 is
a Horizontal line b Vertical line c Inclined line d Line through
origin
10 For the inequalities 2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 10 and 𝑥 + 4𝑦 ≤ 12, the corner point is
a (5,10) b (12,3) c (4,2) d (10,12)
11 𝑥 = 5 is the solution of
a 2𝑥 − 3 > 0 b 2𝑥 + 3 < 0 c 𝑥+4<0 d 𝑥<0
12 𝑥 = 4 is the solution of
a −2𝑥 + 3 > 0 b 𝑥+3>0 c 𝑥−3<0 d 𝑥+3<0
13 𝑥 = 2 is the solution of
a 2𝑥 − 1 ≤ 0 b 2𝑥 − 1 ≥ 0 c 𝑥−1≤0 d 𝑥+1≤0

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 100

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

14 𝑥 = −1 is the solution of the inequality

a 2𝑥 + 3 ≤ 0 b 2𝑥 + 3 > 0 c 𝑥−2>0 d 2𝑥 + 1 > 0
15 𝑥 = 5 is not the solution of
a 𝑥+4>0 b 2𝑥 + 3 < 0 c 𝑥−4>0 d 𝑥+7>0
16 𝑥 = 0 is not in the solution of inequality
a 2𝑥 + 3 > 0 b 2𝑥 + 3 < 0 c 𝑥+4>0 d 𝑥+6>0
17 (0,0) is the solution of inequality
a 𝑥+𝑦 >2 b 2𝑥 − 𝑦 > 4 c 𝑥−𝑦 <1 d 2𝑥 + 𝑦 > 10
18 (1,2) is the solution of inequality
a 𝑥−𝑦 <4 b 𝑥−𝑦 >4 c 𝑥−𝑦 =4 d 𝑥−𝑦 =0
19 (0,0) is the solution of inequality
a 7𝑥 + 2𝑦 > 3 b 𝑥 − 3𝑦 > 0 c 𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 6 d 𝑥 − 3𝑦 < 0
20 (0,1) is the solution of inequality
a 𝑥 − 3𝑦 > 0 b 𝑥 − 5𝑦 > 0 c 𝑥+𝑦 >0 d 𝑥<0
21 (1,0) is solution of inequality
a 7𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 8 b 3𝑥 + 𝑦 > 6 c 𝑥−𝑦 <0 d −3𝑥 + 𝑦 > 0
22 (1, −3) is the solution of
a 𝑥+𝑦 >0 b 𝑥+𝑦 <0 c 𝑥+𝑦 =0 d 𝑥−𝑦 =0
23 (1,1) is the solution of inequality
a 𝑥+𝑦 <1 b 2𝑥 + 𝑦 < 1 c 2𝑥 − 𝑦 < 1 d 𝑥−𝑦 <1
24 Point (1,2) satisfy the inequality
a 2𝑥 + 𝑦 > 5 b 2𝑥 + 𝑦 < 3 c 2𝑥 + 𝑦 < 5 d 2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≥ 5
25 (0,2) is the solution of inequality
a 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 > 7 b 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 < 7 c 𝑥>0 d 𝑥<0
26 The point (1,3) lies in the solution region of the inequality:
a 𝑥+𝑦 <0 b 𝑥+𝑦 <2 c 𝑥+𝑦 <2 d 𝑥−𝑦 <0
27 2𝑥 + 𝑦 < 6 is satisfied by which point?
a (3,1) b (1,3) c (0,7) d (4,0)
28 Solution of the inequality 2𝑥 + 𝑦 < 5 is
a (2,1) b (1,2) c (2,3) d (5,0)
29 (1,0) is not the solution of inequality

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 101

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 9𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 8 b −𝑥 + 3𝑦 < 0 c 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 < 6 d 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 < 4

30 Which one satisfies the inequality 𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 6?
a (4,1) b (1,3) c (1,4) d (3,1)
31 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 < 5 is satisfied by
a (1,1) b (1,2) c (2,3) d (−1,1)
32 (1,0) is solution of inequality
a 9𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 8 b −𝑥 + 3𝑦 < 0 c 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 < 0 d 3𝑥 + 𝑦 < 0
33 Point satisfies 𝑥 − 𝑦 < 2
a (3,1) b (1, −1) c (0, −2) d (−1,1)
34 Which of the following ordered pairs does not satisfy 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 < 2
a (3,0) b (1,1) c (−2,1) d (0,0)
35 Which one is not a solution of in-equality 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 > 0:
a (−1, −2) b (1,2) c (2,3) d (0,1)
36 Solution set of inequality 2𝑥 − 3 ≥ 0 equals:
a 3 b 3 c 2 d 2
[ , ∞] [ , ∞[ [ , ∞] [ , ∞[
2 2 3 3
37 (3,2) is not solution of inequality
a 𝑥+𝑦 >2 b 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 > 7 c 𝑥+𝑦 ≤1 d 3𝑥 − 5𝑦 < 3
38 The point (−1,2) satisfies the inequality
a 𝑥−𝑦 >4 b 𝑥−𝑦 ≥4 c 𝑥+𝑦 <4 d 𝑥+𝑦 >4
39 (1,0) is not solution of inequality
a 7𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 8 b 𝑥 − 3𝑦 < 0 c 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 8 d 7𝑥 + 2𝑦 > 6
40 The graph of 4𝑦 ≥ 5 will be _____ half plane.
a Lower b Upper c Left d Right
41 The associated equation of inequality 𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 6 is:
a x + 2y = 6 b x − 2y = 6 c x + 2y = −6 d x − 2y = − 6
42 The non-negative constraints are called
a Free variables b Decision c Vertex d Convex
variables
43 An order pair which satisfied the inequality is called
a Solution b Point c Variable d None of these
44 The solution region restricted to 1st quadrant is called

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 102

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a Solution region b Feasible region c Optimal region d None of these

45 A point of a solution region where two of its boundary lines intersect, is called
a Boundary points b Single point c Zero points d Corner point
46 The values of the variables which satisfies the inequality are called
a Solution set b Constraints c Constants d None of these
47 The variables used in inequality are called
a Solution b Constraints c Constants d None of these
48 A point which is used to determine solution area is called
a Corner point b Test point c Optimal point d Point
49 Feasible region is always lie in _____ quadrant.
a I b II c III d IV
50 A linear inequality concerning the problem from everyday life is named
a Problem b Problem c Non-negative d Linear
constraint constraints constrains programming
51 The system of linear inequalities involved in the problem concerned are called
a Problem b Solution c Non-negative d Linear
constraints constrains programming
52 A function which is to be maximized or minimized is called
a Objective b Objective c Feasible region d None of these
function solution
53 The process used to maximize or minimize is called
a Optimization b Solution c Procedure d None of these
54 The feasible solution which maximizes or minimizes the objective function is called
a Optimal solution b Objective c Solution d Objective
function solution
55 The maximum and minimum values of the objective function occur in the feasible
region at
a Corner point b Boundary point c Origin d None of these

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 103

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
b a a b d b c d a c
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
a b b b b b c a c c
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
a b d c a d b b a d
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
d b d a a b c c b b
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
a b a b d a b b a a
51 52 53 54 55
a a a a a

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 104

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. Define Linear Inequality?
2. What do you know about half plane?
3. If a non-vertical line divides a plane into two parts, then write the name of that two planes?
4. Define Associated Equation?
5. Graph the inequality 𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 6.
6. Graph the linear inequalities 2𝑥 ≥ −3 in 𝑥𝑦-plane.
7. Graph the linear inequalities 𝑦 ≤ 2 in 𝑥𝑦-plane.
8. Define Corner Point or Vertex?
9. Show that the ordered pair (1,1) is a solution of inequality 𝑥 + 2𝑦 < 6.
10. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane. 2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 6.
11. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane. 3𝑥 + 7𝑦 ≥ 21.
12. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane. 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 ≥ 6.
13. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane. 5𝑥 − 4𝑦 ≤ 20.
14. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane. 2𝑥 + 1 ≥ 0.
15. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane. 3𝑦 − 4 ≤ 0.
16. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane.
3𝑥 + 7𝑦 ≥ 21, 𝑥−𝑦 ≤ 2
17. Graph the solution set of the following linear inequality in 𝑥𝑦-plane.
−3
4𝑥 − 3𝑦 ≤ 1 2 , 𝑥 ≥
2
18. Indicate the solution region of the following systems of linear inequalities by shading:
𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 5 , −2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 2 , 𝑥 ≥ 0.
19. Define Problem Constraint.
20. Define Problem Constraints.
21. Define non-negative Constraints.
22. Define Decision Variables.
23. Define Feasible Region.
24. Define Feasible Solution.
25. Define Feasible Solution Set.
26. Define Convex Region.
27. Define Objective Function.
28. Define Optimal Solution.
29. State the Theorem of Linear Programming Problem.
30. How would you obtain the optimal solution?

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 105

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

1. Indicate the solution region of the following systems of linear inequalities by shading:
3𝑥 + 7𝑦 ≤ 21 , 2𝑥 − 𝑦 ≥ −3 , 𝑥 ≥ 0.
2. Graph the solution region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
2𝑥 − 3𝑦 ≤ 6 , 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 12 , 𝑥 ≥ 0
3. Graph the solution region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
𝑥+𝑦 ≤ 5, −2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 2 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
4. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
2𝑥 − 3𝑦 ≤ 6 , 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 12 , 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
5. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
𝑥+𝑦 ≤ 5, −2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 2 , 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
6. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
𝑥+𝑦 ≤ 5, −2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≥ 2 , 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
7. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
3𝑥 + 7𝑦 ≤ 21 , 𝑥 −𝑦 ≤ 3 , 𝑥 ≥ 0 ,𝑦 ≥ 0
8. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
2𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 18 , 2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 10 , 𝑥 + 4𝑦 ≤ 12. 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
9. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
2𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 18 , 𝑥 + 4𝑦 ≤ 12 , 3𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 12. 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
10. Graph the feasible region of the following system of linear inequalities and find the corner
points
𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 15 , 2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 12 , 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 24. 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
11. Maximize 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 2𝑥 + 5𝑦; subject to the constraints:
2𝑦 − 𝑥 ≤ 8; 𝑥 − 𝑦 ≤ 4 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0
12. Maximize 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 𝑥 + 3𝑦; subject to the constraints:
2𝑥 + 5𝑦 ≤ 30 ; 5𝑥 + 4𝑦 ≤ 20 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0
13. Maximize 𝑧 = 2 𝑥 + 3𝑦 ; subject to the constraints:
3𝑥 + 4𝑦 ≤ 12 ; 2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 4 ; 2𝑥 − 𝑦 ≤ 4; 𝑥 ≥ 0 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0
14. Minimize 𝑧 = 2 𝑥 + 𝑦 ; subject to the constraints:
𝑥 + 𝑦 ≥ 3 ; 7𝑥 + 5𝑦 ≤ 35 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝑦 ≥ 0
15. Maximize the function defined as; 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 2𝑥 + 3𝑦; subject to the constraints:
2𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 8 ; 𝑥 + 2𝑦 ≤ 14 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0 ; 𝑦 ≥ 0
16. Minimize 𝑧 = 3 𝑥 + 𝑦 ; subject to the constraints:
3𝑥 + 5𝑦 ≥ 15 ; 𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≥ 9 ; 𝑥 ≥ 0; 𝑦 ≥0

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 106

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
6
Conic
Section

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 107

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Conic Sections
Conic sections or simply conics, are the curves obtained by cutting a (double) right circular
cone by a plane. Let RS be a line through the centre C of a given circle and perpendicular to its
plane. Let A be a fixed point on RS. All lines through A and points on the circle generate a right
circular cone. The lines are called rulings or generators of the cone. The surface generated
consists of two parts, called nappes, meeting at the fixed-point A, called the vertex or apex of
the cone. The line RS is called axis of the cone.
• If the cone is cut by a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cone, then the section is a
circle.
• If the cutting plane is slightly tilted and cuts only one nappe of the cone, the resulting
section is an ellipse.
• If the intersecting plane is parallel to a generator of the cone, but intersects its one nappe
only, the curve of intersection is a parabola.
• If the cutting plane is parallel to the axis of the cone and intersects both of its nappes,
then the curve of intersection is a hyperbola.

Circle
The set of all points in the plane that are equally distant from a fixed
point is called a circle. The fixed point is called the centre of the
circle and the distance from the center of the circle to any point on
the circle is called the radius of the circle.
A line segment whose end points lie on a circle is called a chord of
the circle. A diameter of a circle is a chord containing the centre of
the circle.

Equation of circle in Standard Form

If 𝐶(ℎ, 𝑘) is centre of a circle, 𝒓 its radius and 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) any point on the circle then equation of
circle is given as
(𝑥 − ℎ)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑘)2 = 𝑟 2 − − − (𝑖)
• If the centre of the circle is origin, then equation (𝑖) reduces to 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑟 2 .
• If 𝑟 = 0, the circle is called a point circle which consists of the centre only.
• 𝑥 = 𝑟 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑟 sin 𝜃 are called parametric equation of the circle.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 108

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

General Form of an equation of a Circle

The equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is called general form of an equation of a circle
with centre (−𝑔, −𝑓) and radius √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐.

Note
Every second-degree equation in two variables “𝑥” and “𝑦” in which coefficient of 𝑥 2 and 𝑦 2
is same and contains no term involving the product 𝑥𝑦, represents the circle.

Equation of Tangent Line to the Circle

A tangent to a curve is a line that touches the curve without cutting through it.
The equation of tangent to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 at the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is
given by
𝑥 +𝑔
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = − 𝑦1 +𝑓 (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) or 𝑥𝑥1 + 𝑦𝑦1 + 𝑔(𝑥 + 𝑥1 ) + 𝑓(𝑦 + 𝑦1 ) + 𝑐 = 0
1

Equation of Normal Line to the Circle

The normal to the curve at 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is the line through 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) perpendicular to the tangent
to the curve at P.
The equation of normal to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 at the point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is
given by
𝑦 +𝑓
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑥1+𝑔 (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) or (𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑥1 + 𝑔) = (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) (𝑦1 + 𝑓)
1

Note
The line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 intersects the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑟 2 at the most two points.

The position of the point with respect to the Circle

• The point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) lies outside the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 if
𝑥1 2 + 𝑦1 2 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐 > 0
• The point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) lies inside the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 if
𝑥1 2 + 𝑦1 2 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐 < 0
• The point 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) lies on the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 if
𝑥1 2 + 𝑦1 2 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐 = 0
Length of the Tangent to a Circle
Let 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) be a point outside the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 then length of point
𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is given by

Length of the tangent = √𝑥1 2 + 𝑦1 2 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 109

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Properties of Circle
• Length of a diameter of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 is 2𝑎.
• Perpendicular dropped from the centre of a circle on a chord bisects the chord.
• The perpendicular bisector of any chord of a circle passes through the centre of the
circle.
• The line joining the centre of a circle to the midpoint of a chord is perpendicular to the
chord.
• Congruent chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre.
• Measure of the central angle of a minor arc is double the measure of the angle subtended
in the corresponding major arc.
• An angle in a semi-circle is a right angle.
• The tangent to a circle at any point of the circle is perpendicular to the radial segment
at that point.
• The perpendicular at the outer end of a radial segment is tangent to the circle.
• Normal lines of a circle pass through the centre of the circle.
• The straight line drawn from the centre of a circle perpendicular to a tangent passes
through the point of tangency.
• The midpoint of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is the circumcentre of the triangle.
• The perpendicular dropped from a point of a circle on a diameter is a mean proportional
between the segments into which it divides the diameter.
Conic Section
Let L be a fixed line in a plane and 𝐹 be a fixed point not on the line 𝐿. Suppose |𝑃𝑀| denotes
the perpendicular distance of a point 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) from the line L. The set of all points 𝑃 in the plane
such that
|𝑃𝐹|
= 𝑒 (a positive constant)
|𝑃𝑀|
is called a conic section.
(i) If 𝑒 = 1, then the conic is a parabola.
(ii) If 0 < 𝑒 < 1, then the conic is an ellipse.
(iii) If 𝑒 > 1, then the conic is a hyperbola.
The fixed line 𝐿 is called a directrix and the fixed-point 𝐹 is called a focus of the conic.
The number 𝑒 is called the eccentricity of the conic.
Parabola
Let 𝑒 = 1 and F be a fixed point and L is fixed line not containing F. Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be the point
in the plane and |𝑃𝑀| be the perpendicular distance of a point 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) from the line L. The set
of all points P such that
|𝑃𝐹|
= 1 𝑜𝑟 |𝑃𝐹| = |𝑃𝑀|
|𝑃𝑀|

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 110

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

is called parabola.
OR The set of all points in a plane which is equidistant from a given fixed line in the plane is
called Parabola.
• The fixed point is called focus of the parabola.
• The fixed line is called directrix of the parabola.

Standard Equation of Parabola

𝑦 2 = (𝑥 + 𝑎)2 − (𝑥 − 𝑎)2 = 4𝑎𝑥 𝑜𝑟 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥
Definitions
(i) The line through the focus and perpendicular to the directrix is called axis of the
parabola.
(ii) The point where the axis meets the parabola is called vertex of the parabola.
(iii) In parabola, the fixed point is called focus of the parabola.
(iv) In parabola, the fixed line is called directrix of the parabola
(v) A line passing through vertex and perpendicular to the axis of parabola is called
tangent at vertex of parabola.
(vi) Line joining two distinct points on a parabola is called a chord of the parabola.
(vii) A chord passing through the focus of a parabola is called a focal chord of the
parabola.
(viii) The focal chord perpendicular to the axis of the parabola is called latus rectum of
the parabola.
Parametric Equation of Parabola
The point (𝑎𝑡 2 , 2𝑎𝑡) lies on the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 for any real 𝑡.
𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡 are called parametric equation of the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥.
General Form of an Equation of Parabola
Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be any point on the parabola having 𝐹(ℎ, 𝑘) as focus and M be the point on
directrix 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0
By definition, equation of parabola is given by
|𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛| (𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛)2
|𝑃𝑀| = 𝑜𝑟 (𝑥 − ℎ)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑘)2 =
√𝑙 2 + 𝑚2 𝑙 2 + 𝑚2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 111

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Ellipse
Let 0 < 𝑒 < 1 and F be a fixed point and L is fixed line not containing F. Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be the
point in the plane and |𝑃𝑀| be the perpendicular distance of a point 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) from the line L.
The set of all points P such that
|𝑃𝐹|
= 𝑒 (0 < 𝑒 < 1)
|𝑃𝑀|
is called an ellipse.
OR The set of all points P in a plane, such
that distance of each point from a fixed point
bears a constant ratio (less than one) to the
distance from a fixed line is called an ellipse.
The number 𝑒 is eccentricity of the ellipse, F a focus and L a directrix.
Definitions
Let 𝐹 ’ and 𝐹 be two foci of the ellipse
𝑥2 𝑦2
+ = 1 − − − (1)
𝑎2 𝑏 2
• The midpoint C of 𝐹𝐹 ’ is called the Centre of the ellipse. In case of (1) Centre is
𝐶(0,0).
• The intersection of (1) with the line joining the foci are obtained by setting 𝑦 = 0 into
(1).These are the points 𝐴’(−𝑎, 0) and 𝐴(𝑎, 0). The points 𝐴 and 𝐴’ are called vertices
of the ellipse.
• The line segment 𝐴𝐴’ = 2𝑎 is called the major axis of the ellipse. The line through
the centre of (1) and perpendicular to the major axis has its equation as 𝑥 = 0. It meets
(1) at points 𝐵’ (0, 𝑏) and B (0, −𝑏). The line segment 𝐵𝐵’ = 2𝑏 is called the minor
axis of the ellipse and 𝐵’, 𝐵 are some-times called the covertices of the ellipse.
• The length of the major axis is greater than the length of the minor axis.
• Foci of an ellipse always lie on the major axis.
• Each of the focal chords 𝐿𝐹𝐿’ and 𝑁𝐹 ′ 𝑁' perpendicular to the major axis of an ellipse
is called a latusrectum of the ellipse. Thus, there are two laterarecta of an ellipse. The
2𝑏 2
length of each latus-rectum is 𝑎
• If the foci lie on the y-axis with coordinates (0, −𝑎𝑒) and (0, 𝑎𝑒), then equation of the
ellipse is
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
2
+ 2 = 1, 𝑎 > 𝑏
𝑏 𝑎
Note
In each ellipse:
(i) Length of major axis= 2𝑎,
(ii) Length of minor axis= 2𝑏,
(iii) Foci lie on the major axis.
2𝑏2
(iv) Length of Latusrectum =
𝑎

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 112

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Standard Form of the Ellipse

𝑥2 𝑦2
+ =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2
Parametric Equation of Ellipse
𝑥2 𝑦2
The point (𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑏 sin 𝜃) lies on the ellipse 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 = 1 for all real 𝜃.
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 sin 𝜃 are called parametric equation of the ellipse 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 = 1.

Hyperbola
Let 𝑒 > 1 and F be a fixed point and L is fixed line not containing F. Let 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) be the point
in the plane and |𝑃𝑀| be the perpendicular distance of a point 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) from the line L. The set
of all points P such that
|𝑃𝐹|
=𝑒>1
|𝑃𝑀|
is called hyperbola.
OR The set of all points P in a plane, such that distance
of each point from a fixed point bears a constant ratio
(greater than one) to the distance from a fixed line is
called hyperbola.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 113

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Standard Form of the Hyperbola

𝑥2 𝑦2
− =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2
Parametric Equation of The Hyperbola
𝑥2 𝑦2
The point (𝑎 sec 𝜃 , 𝑏 tan 𝜃) lies on the ellipse 𝑎2 − 𝑏2 = 1 for all real 𝜃.
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 tan 𝜃 are called parametric equation of the hyperbola 𝑎2 − 𝑏2 = 1.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 114

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct Option.
1 The centre of the circle (𝑥 − 1)2 + (𝑦 + 3)2 = 3 is:
a (−1, −3) b (−1, 3) c (1, 3) d (1, −3)
2 Equation of circle with centre at origin and √5 radius is:
a 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = √5 b 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 5 c 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 25 d 𝑥2 − 𝑦2 = 5
3 Radius of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is:
a √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 + 𝑐 b √𝑔2 − 𝑓 2 − 𝑐 c √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐 d √−𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐
4 The centre of the circle having equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 12𝑥 − 10𝑦 = 0 is:
a (6, 5) b (−6, 5) c (5, 6) d (6, −6)
5 An angle in semi-circle is of measure:
a 30° b 40° c 60° d 90°
6 The focus of parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 is:
a (0, 𝑎) b (0, −𝑎) c (𝑎, 0) d (−𝑎, 0)
2
7 The latusrectum of a parabola 𝑦 = 4𝑎𝑥 is:
a 𝑥 = −𝑎 b 𝑦 = −𝑎 c 𝑥=𝑎 d 𝑦=𝑎
2
8 The directrix of parabola 𝑥 = −8𝑦 is:
a 𝑥+2=0 b 𝑥−2=0 c 𝑦+2=0 d 𝑦−2=0
9 The end points of the major axis of the ellipse are called its:
a Foci b Vertices c Covertices d Directrix
10 The mid-point of line segment joining the foci of an ellipse is called:
a Centre b Vertex c Directrix d Major axis
2 2
11 Centre of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is:
a (−𝑔, −𝑓) b (−𝑔, 𝑓) c (𝑔, −𝑓) d (𝑔, 𝑓)
2 2 2
12 Length of a diameter of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝑎 is:
a 2𝑎 b −2𝑎 c 4𝑎 d 0
13 An angle in a semi-circle is:
a Right angle b Acute angle c Obtuse angle d None
14 The midpoint of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is the ____of the triangle.
a Circum-Centre b In-Centre c Ortho-Centre d None
15 𝑥2 𝑦2
Length of Latusrectum of the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 is:
𝑎 𝑏
a 4𝑎 b 2𝑎2 c 2𝑏 2 d 𝑏2
𝑏 𝑎 𝑎
16 Length of Latusrectum of the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 is:
a 4𝑎 b 2𝑎2 c 2𝑏 2 d 𝑏2
𝑏 𝑎 𝑎
17 The end points of the minor axis of the ellipse are called its:
a Foci b Vertices c Covertices d Directrix
2 2
18 Vertices of ellipse with equation 𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 16 are:
a (±4,0) b (0, ±4) c (±2,0) d (0, ±2)
19 Asymptotes are very useful in graphing:
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
20 𝑥 = 𝑟 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑟 sin 𝜃 are called parametric equation of the ____.
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 115

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

21 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 , 𝑦 = 2𝑎𝑡 are called parametric equation of the____.

a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
22 𝑥 = 𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 sin 𝜃 are called parametric equation of the _____.
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
23 𝑥 = 𝑎 sec 𝜃 , 𝑦 = 𝑏 tan 𝜃 are called parametric equation of the____.
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
24 (𝑥 − ℎ)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑘)2 = 𝑟 2 is the standard form of the___?
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
25 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 is the standard form of the ___?
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
26 𝑥2 𝑦2
𝑎2
+ 𝑏2 = 1 is the standard form of the ___?
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
27 𝑥2 𝑦2
− 𝑏2 = 1 is the standard form of the ___?
𝑎2
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
28 Vertex of the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 is:
a (0, 0) b (0, 𝑎) c (𝑎, 0) d (𝑎, 𝑎)
29 The coordinates of the vertices of hyperbola 𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 1 is:
𝑎2 𝑏2
a (±𝑏, 0) b (0, ±𝑏) c (±𝑎, 0) d (0, ±𝑎)
𝑥 2 𝑦 2
30 Vertices of + = 1, 𝑎 > 𝑏 is:
𝑎2 𝑏2
a (±𝑏, 0) b (0, ±𝑏) c (±𝑎, 0) d (0, ±𝑎)
2 2
31 Length of latusrectum of the ellipse 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 1 is:
36 25
a 25 b 25 c 25 d 3
6 3 36 25
32 Length of the diameter of the circle (𝑥 + 5)2 + (𝑦 − 8)2 = 12 is:
a 4√3 b 2√3 c 12 d 24
33 Set of all points equidistance from a fixed-point form.
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
2
34 Length of latusrectum of the parabola 𝑥 = 5𝑦 is:
a 5 b 20 c 5⁄ d 10
4
35 If 𝑎 = 𝑏 then equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 represent.
𝑎2 𝑏2
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
𝑥 2 𝑦 2
36 Foci of + = 1
25 16
a (±4,0) b (±5,0) c (±3,0) d (0, ±3)
2
37 Axis of parabola 𝑥 = 4𝑎𝑦 is:
a 𝑦=0 b 𝑥=0 c 𝑥=𝑦 d 𝑥=1
38 Centre of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 13 = 0
a (3, −2) b (−3, −2) c (−3, 2) d (3, 2)
(𝑥 2 (𝑦 2
39 Length of the diameter of the circle − 5) + − 3) = 8 is:
a 64 b 16 c 2√2 d 4√2
2 2 2
40 The line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 will be tangent to the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝑎 if:
𝑎 b ±√1 − 𝑚2 c 𝑐 = ±𝑎√1 + 𝑚2 d
a 𝑐 = ±𝑎√𝑚2 − 1
𝑚
41 Radius of the circle (𝑥 − 5)2 + (𝑦 − 3)2 = 8 is:

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 116

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 64 b 4 c 2 d 2√2
2 2
42 Foci of the ellipse 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 1 are:
𝑎2 𝑏2
a (±𝑎, 0) b (0, ±𝑎) c (±𝑎𝑒, 0) d (0, ±𝑎𝑒)
43 If a circle of a line intersects in two points, then line is called:
a Chord b Secant c Radius d Diameter
2
44 What is the length of latusrectum of the parabola (𝑦 − 2) = −4(𝑥 − 7)?
a 8 b 1⁄ c 4 d 16
4
45 Length of major axis of the ellipse is:
a 2𝑎 b 2𝑏 c 4𝑎 d 4𝑏
46 Length of minor axis of the ellipse is:
a 2𝑎 b 2𝑏 c 4𝑎 d 4𝑏
𝑥 2 𝑦 2
47 Foci of hyperbola − = 1 is:
𝑎2 𝑏2
a (𝑎, ±𝑐) b (0,0) c (±𝑐, 0) d (0,0)
48 Foci of hyperbola 𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 1 is:
16 4
a (±4,0) b (0, ±4) c (±2,0) d (0, ±2)
49 The two separate part of hyperbola are called:
a Foci b Vertices c Branches d Directions
2 2
50 Length of major and minor axis of the ellipse 4𝑥 + 9𝑦 = 36 are:
a 6,4 b 4,6 c 3,2 d 2,3
51 Eccentricity of the parabola is:
a 𝑒 = 1 b 0 < 𝑒 < 1 c 𝑒 > 1 d 𝑒=0
52 Eccentricity of the ellipse is:
a 𝑒 = 1 b 0 < 𝑒 < 1 c 𝑒 > 1 d 𝑒=0
53 Eccentricity of the hyperbola is:
a 𝑒 = 1 b 0 < 𝑒 < 1 c 𝑒 > 1 d 𝑒=0
54 The conic is called circle if:
a 𝑒 = 1 b 0 < 𝑒 < 1 c 𝑒 > 1 d 𝑒=0
55 Two circles are said to be concentric circles if they have same:
a Radius b Diameter c Chord d Centre
56 Opening parabola of 𝑥 2 = −16𝑦 is:
a Downward b Upward c Leftward d Rightward
57 Vertices of 𝑦 2 − 𝑥 2 = 1 is:
16 49
a (±4,0) b (0, ±4) c (±7,0) d (0, ±7)
2 2
58 Length of diameter of circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 9.
a 6 b 3 c 9 d 4
2
59 Focus of parabola 𝑥 = −16𝑦 is:
a (0,4) b (4,0) c (0, −4) d (−4,0)
60 Parabola having equation 𝑥 2 = 4𝑎𝑦 opens:
a Downward b Upward c Leftward d Rightward
61 Conic sections are the curve obtained by cutting a cone by___
a A plane b A line c Two lines d A sphere
2 2
62 The length of diameter of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 4𝑥 − 12 = 0 is:
a 6 b 7 c 8 d 9
2 2
63 The length of tangent from (0,1) to 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 6𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 3 = 0 is:

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 117

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 2 b 3 c 4 d 1
2
64 The coordinates of vertex of parabola 𝑥 + 8 − 𝑦 + 2𝑦 = 0 will be___
a (−9,1) b (9,1) c (9, −1) d (−9, −1)
65 The line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 intersects the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑟 2 at the most
a One point b Two points c Three points d Four points
66 If the cone is cut by a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cone, then the section is a
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
67 If the intersecting plane is parallel to a generator of the cone, but intersects its one nappe
only, the curve of intersection is a
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
68 If the cutting plane is slightly tilted and cuts only one nappe of the cone, the resulting
section is
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
69 If the cutting plane is parallel to the axis of the cone and intersects both of its nappes,
then the curve of intersection is
a Circle b Parabola c Ellipse d Hyperbola
70 The line through the focus and perpendicular to the directrix is called _of the parabola.
a Axis b Focus c Directrix d Vertex
71 In parabola, the fixed point is called____ of the parabola.
a Axis b Focus c Directrix d Vertex
72 In parabola, the fixed line is called ____of the parabola
a Axis b Focus c Directrix d Vertex
73 The point where the axis meets the parabola is called ____ of the parabola.
a Axis b Focus c Directrix d Vertex
74 A chord passing through the focus of a parabola is called a ____ of the parabola
a Focal chord b Latusrectum c Directrix d Vertex
75 The focal chord perpendicular to the axis of the parabola is called __ of the parabola.
a Focal chord b Latusrectum c Directrix d Vertex
76 Axis of the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 is:
a 𝑥=0 b 𝑥=𝑎 c 𝑦=0 d 𝑥 = −𝑎
77 Foci of the ellipse always lie on:
a Major axis b Minor axis c x-axis d y-axis
2
78 Axis of the parabola 𝑦 = −4𝑎𝑥 is
a 𝑥=0 b 𝑥=𝑎 c 𝑦=0 d 𝑥 = −𝑎
2
79 Axis of the parabola 𝑥 = −4𝑎𝑦 is
a 𝑥=0 b 𝑥=𝑎 c 𝑦=0 d 𝑥 = −𝑎
80 Centre of hyperbola is:
a (0,0) b (0,1) c (1,1) d (1,0)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 118

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
d b c b d c c d b a
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
a a a a c a c a d a
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
b c d a b c d a c c
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
b a a a a c b a d c
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
d c a c a b c a c a
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
a b c d d a b a c b
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
a c d a b a b c d a
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
b c d a b c a c a a

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 119

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. Define Conic Sections.
2. Define Circle and its Centre.
3. Write equation of circle in standard form and in general form.
4. Write an equation of the circle with Centre (−3, 5) and radius 7.
5. Show that the equation 5𝑥 2 + 5𝑦 2 + 24𝑥 + 36𝑦 + 10 = 0 represents a circle. Also find
its centre and radius.
6. Find an equation of the circle having the join of 𝐴 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) and 𝐵 (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) as a diameter.
7. Find an equation of the circle with centre at (5, −2) and radius 4.
8. Find an equation of the circle with centre at (√2, −3√3) and radius 2√2.
9. Find an equation of the circle with ends of a diameter at (−3, 2) and (5, −6).
10. Find the centre and radius of the circle with 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 12𝑥 − 10𝑦 = 0.
11. Find the centre and radius of the circle with 5𝑥 2 + 5𝑦 2 + 14𝑥 + 12𝑦 − 10 = 0.
12. Find the centre and radius of the circle with 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 13 = 0.
13. Find the centre and radius of the circle with 4𝑥 2 + 4𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 12𝑦 − 25 = 0.
14. Determine whether the point 𝑃(−5, 6) lies outside, on or inside the circle:
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 4𝑥 − 6𝑦 − 12 = 0
15. Find the condition that the line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 touches circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2 at a single point.
16. Find the length of the tangent from the point 𝑃(−5, 10) to the circle
5𝑥 2 + 5𝑦 2 + 14𝑥 + 12𝑦 − 10 = 0.
17. Write down equations of tangent and normal to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 25 at (4,3).
18. Write down equations of tangent and normal to the circle
10
3𝑥 2 + 3𝑦 2 + 5𝑥 − 13𝑦 + 2 = 0 at (1, 3 )
19. Check the position of the point (5,6) with respect to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 81
20. Check the position of the point (5,6) with respect to the circle
2𝑥 2 + 2𝑦 2 + 12𝑥 − 8𝑦 + 1 = 0
21. Find the length of the tangent drawn from the point (−5,4) to the circle
5𝑥 2 + 5𝑦 2 − 10𝑥 + 15𝑦 − 131 = 0
22. Define eccentricity of the conic.
23. Define Parabola.
24. Define axis and vertex of the parabola.
25. Define latus rectum of the parabola.
26. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑦 2 = 8𝑥
27. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑥 2 = −16𝑦
28. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑥 2 = 5𝑦
29. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑦 2 = −12𝑥
30. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑥 2 = 4(𝑦 − 1)
31. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑦 2 = −8(𝑥 − 3)
32. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola (𝑥 − 1)2 = 8(𝑦 + 2)
33. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑦 = 6𝑥 2 − 1
34. Write an equation of the parabola with Focus (−3, 1); directrix 𝑥 = 3

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 120

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

35. Write an equation of the parabola with Focus (2, 5) ; directrix 𝑦 = 1

36. Write an equation of the parabola with Focus (−3, 1) ; directrix 𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 3 = 0
37. Write an equation of the parabola with Focus (−1, 0) ; vertex (−1, 2)
38. Write an equation of the parabola with Directrix 𝑥 = −2; Focus (2, 2)
39. Define Latus rectum of Ellipse.
40. Derive equation of ellipse in standard form.
𝑥2 𝑦2
41. Find focus and eccentricity of ellipse 9
+ 4
=1
42. Find an equation of the ellipse with foci (±3,0) and minor axis of length 10.
43. Find an equation of the ellipse with foci (0, −1) and (0, −5) and major axis of length 6.
44. Find an equation of the ellipse with foci (−3√3, 0) and vertices (±6,0).
45. Find an equation of the ellipse with Vertices (−1,1), (5,1); foci (4,1) and (0,1).
3
46. Find an equation of the ellipse with Vertices (0, ±5), eccentricity 5 .
47. Find an equation of the ellipse with Centre (0,0), focus (0, −3), vertex (0,4).
48. Find the centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and directrices of the ellipse 𝑥 2 + 4𝑦 2 = 16.
49. Find the centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and directrices of the ellipse 9𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 18.
50. Find the centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and directrices of the ellipse 25𝑥 2 + 9𝑦 2 = 225.
51. Write standard equation of hyperbola.
52. Define transverse axis of the hyperbola.
53. Find an equation of the hyperbola whose foci are (±4, 0) and vertices (±2, 0).
𝑦2 𝑥2
54. Find the foci and eccentricity of the hyperbola 16 − 49 = 1
55. Find an equation of the hyperbola with centre (0,0), focus (6,0) vertex (4,0).
56. Find an equation of the hyperbola with foci (±5,0) , vertex (3,0).
57. Find an equation of the hyperbola with foci (0, ±6) , 𝑒 = 2.
58. Find an equation of the hyperbola with foci (0, ±9) , directrices 𝑦 = ±4
59. Find the centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
𝑥2 − 𝑦2 = 9
60. Find equation of tangent and normal 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 at the point (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ).
61. Write equation of tangent and normal to the parabola 𝑥 2 = 16𝑦.
62. Find equation of tangent and normal of 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥 at (𝑎𝑡 2 , 2𝑎𝑡).
𝑥2 𝑦2
63. Find equation of tangent and normal of 𝑎2
+ 𝑏2 = 1 at (𝑎 cos 𝜃 , 𝑏 sin 𝜃).
𝑥2 𝑦2
64. Find equation of tangent and normal of 𝑎2 − 𝑏2 = 1 at (𝑎 sec 𝜃 , 𝑏 tan 𝜃).
65. Find the point of intersection of the conics
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 8 and 𝑥2 − 𝑦2 = 1
66. Find the point of intersection of the conics
3𝑥 2 − 4𝑦 2 = 12 and 3𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 2 = 7
67. Define rotation of axes.
68. Identify the conic 4𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 − 6 = 0.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 121

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

1. Find an equation of the circle which passes through the points 𝐴(5,10), 𝐵(6,9) and
𝐶(−2,3)
2. Find an equation of the circle passing through the points 𝐴(1, 2) and 𝐵(1, −2) and
touching the line 𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 5 = 0.
3. Write an equation of the circle that passes through the points 𝐴(4,5), 𝐵(−4, −3), 𝐶(8, −3).
4. Write an equation of the circle that passes through the points 𝐴(−7,7), 𝐵(5, −1), 𝐶(10,0).
5. Write an equation of the circle that passes through the points 𝐴(5,6), 𝐵(−3,2), 𝐶(3, −4).
6. Find an equation of the circle passing through 𝐴(3, −1), 𝐵(0, 1) and having centre at
4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 3 = 0.
7. Find an equation of the circle passing through 𝐴(−3, 1) with radius 2 and centre at
2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 3 = 0.
8. Find an equation of the circle passing through 𝐴(5,1) and tangent to the line
2𝑥 − 𝑦 − 10 = 0 at 𝐵(3, −4).
9. Find an equation of the circle passing through 𝐴(1, 4), 𝐵(−1, 8) and tangent to the line
𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 3 = 0.
10. Find an equation of a circle of radius 𝑎 and lying in the second quadrant such that it is
tangent to both the axes.
11. Show that the lines 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 = 0 and 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 13 = 0 are tangents to the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 6𝑥 − 4𝑦 = 0.
12. Show that the circles
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 7 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 9 = 0 touch externally.
13. Show that the circles
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 8 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 6𝑦 − 46 = 0 touch internally.
14. Write equations of two tangents from (2,3) to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 9.
15. Find the length of the chord cut off from the line 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 13 by the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 26
16. Find the coordinates of the points of intersection of the line 𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 6 with the circle:
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 39 = 0
17. Find equations of the tangents to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 2 parallel to the 𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0.
18. Find equations of the tangents to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 2 perpendicular to the line
3𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 6.
19. Find equation of the tangents drawn from (0,5) to 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 16 .
20. Find equation of the tangents drawn from (−1,2) to 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 4𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 0 .
21. Find equation of the tangents drawn from (−7, −2) to (𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 2)2 = 26 .
22. Find an equation of the parabola whose focus is 𝐹(−3,4) & directrix is 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 5 = 0.
23. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑥 + 8 − 𝑦 2 + 2𝑦 = 0
24. Find the focus, vertex and directrix of the parabola 𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 − 8𝑦 + 4 = 0
25. Write an equation of the parabola with axis parallel to y-axis, the points (0, 3), (3, 4) and
(4, 11) lie on the graph.
26. Find an equation of the parabola having its focus at the origin and directrix, parallel to the
(i) x-axis (ii) y-axis.
27. Show that an equation of the parabola with focus at (𝑎 cos 𝛼 , 𝑎 sin 𝛼) and directrix
𝑥 cos 𝛼 + 𝑦 sin 𝛼 + 𝑎 = 0 is (𝑥 sin 𝛼 − 𝑦 cos 𝛼)2 = 4𝑎(𝑥 cos 𝛼 + 𝑦 sin 𝛼)
28. Show that the ordinate at any point 𝑃 of the parabola is a mean proportional between the
length of the latus rectum and the abscissa of 𝑃.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 122

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

29. Show that the equation 9𝑥 2 − 18𝑥 + 4𝑦 2 + 8𝑦 − 23 = 0 represents an ellipse. Find its
elements (Centre, Focus, Eccentricity, Covertices).
3
30. Find an equation of the ellipse with foci (±√5, 0) and passing through the point (2 , √3).
31. Find an equation of the ellipse with Centre (2, 2), major axis parallel to y-axis and of length
8 units, minor axis parallel to x-axis and of length 6 units.
32. Find an equation of the ellipse with Centre (0, 0), major axis horizontal, the points (3, 1),
(4, 0) lie on the graph.
33. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and directrices of the ellipse
(2𝑥 − 1)2 (𝑦 + 2)2
+ =1
4 16
34. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and directrices of the ellipse
𝑥 2 + 16𝑥 + 4𝑦 2 − 16𝑦 + 76 = 0
𝑥2 𝑦2 2𝑏 2
35. Prove that the lactusrectum of the ellipse is 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 = 1 is 𝑎
.
36. Find Centre, foci, eccentricity and vertices of hyperbola
4𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 − 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 − 1 = 0
37. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
𝑥2 𝑦2
+ =1
4 9
38. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
𝑦2 𝑥2
− =1
16 9
39. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
𝑦2
− 𝑥2 = 1
4
40. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
(𝑦 + 2)2 (𝑥 − 2)2
− =1
9 16
41. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
9𝑥 2 − 12𝑥 − 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 2 = 0
42. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
4𝑦 2 + 12𝑦 − 𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 1 = 0
43. Find the Centre, foci, eccentricity, vertices and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
9𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 − 36𝑥 − 6𝑦 + 18 = 0
44. Find an equation of tangent to the parabola 𝑦 2 = −6𝑥 which is parallel to the line
2𝑥 + 𝑦 + 1 = 0. Also find the point of tangency.
𝑥2 𝑦2 𝑥2 𝑦2
45. Find the point of intersection of 18
+ 8
=1 and 3
− 3
=1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 123

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

UNIT
7

Vectors

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 124

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Definitions + Summary
Scalar
A scalar quantity, or simply a scalar, is one that possesses only magnitude. It can be specified
by a number along with unit.
Example: - Mass, time, density, temperature, length, volume, speed and work etc.
Vector
A vector quantity, or simply a vector, is one that possesses both magnitude and direction.
Example: - Displacement, velocity, acceleration, weight, force, momentum, electric and
magnetic fields etc.

Geometrical Interpretation of Vector

Geometrically, a vector is represented by a directed line segment ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 𝐴𝐵
with 𝐴 its initial point and 𝐵 its terminal point. It is often found
convenient to denote a vector by an arrow and is written either as ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 or
as a boldface symbol like 𝒗 or in underlined form 𝑣.
Magnitude or Length of a Vector
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ or 𝑣 is its absolute value and is written as |𝐴𝐵
The magnitude of a vector 𝐴𝐵 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | or |𝑣 | or simply
𝐴𝐵 or 𝑣.
If 𝑣 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 then |𝑣 | = √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2

Properties of Magnitude of a Vector

Let 𝑣 be a vector in plane or in space and 𝑐 be a real number, then
(i) |𝑣 | ≥ 0 and |𝑣 | = 0 if and only if 𝑣 = 0
(ii) |𝑐𝑣 | = |𝑐 ||𝑣 |
Unit Vector
A vector whose magnitude is one is called Unit Vector. Unit vector of vector 𝑣 is written as 𝑣̂
𝑣
(read as 𝑣 hat) and is defined as 𝑣̂ = |𝑣 |.

Zero or Null Vector

If terminal point B of a vector 𝐴𝐵 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ coincides with its initial point A, then magnitude 𝐴𝐵 = 0
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | = 0 , which is called zero or null vector.
and |𝐴𝐵

Negative of a Vector
Two vectors are said to be negative of each other if they have same magnitude but opposite
direction. If ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = 𝑣
𝐴𝐵 then ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐵𝐴 = −𝐴𝐵⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = −𝑣 and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | = |−𝐴𝐵
|𝐵𝐴 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |

Equal Vectors

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 125

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Two vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are said to be equal if they have same magnitude and direction
i.e., 𝑢=𝑣
Parallel Vectors
Two vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are parallel if and only if they are non-zero scalar multiple of each other.
i.e., 𝑢 = 𝑘𝑣.
Triangle Law of Vector Addition
If two vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are represented by the two sides AB and BC of a
triangle such that the terminal point of 𝑢 coincide with the initial point of
𝑣 , then the third side AC of the triangle gives vector sum 𝑢 + 𝑣, that is
̅̅̅̅ + ̅̅̅̅̅
𝐴𝐵 ̅̅̅̅ ⇒ 𝑢 + 𝑣 = ̅̅̅̅
𝐵𝐶 = 𝐴𝐶 𝐴𝐶
Parallelogram Law of Vector Addition
If two vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are represented by two adjacent sides 𝐴𝐵 and
𝐴𝐶 of a parallelogram as shown in the figure, then diagonal AD give the
sum or resultant of 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐴𝐶, that is
̅̅̅̅ ̅̅̅̅ + ̅̅̅̅̅
𝐴𝐷 = 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐶 = 𝑢 + 𝑣

Position Vector
The vector, whose initial point is the origin 𝑂 and whose terminal point is 𝑃,
is called the position vector of the point 𝑃 and is written as ̅̅̅̅
𝑂𝑃.
The Ratio Formula
Let 𝐴 and 𝐵 be two points whose position vectors (p.v.) are 𝑎 and 𝑏 respectively. If a point 𝑃
divides 𝐴𝐵 in the ratio 𝑝 ∶ 𝑞, then the position vector of 𝑃 is given by
𝑞𝑎 + 𝑝𝑏
𝑟=
𝑝+𝑞

Vector in Plane
The set of all ordered pairs [𝑥, 𝑦] of real numbers, together with the
rules of addition and scalar multiplication, is called the set of vectors
in 𝑹𝟐 .
For the vector 𝑢 = [𝑥, 𝑦] = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗. 𝑥 and 𝑦 are called components
of 𝑢. Where 𝑖 and 𝑗 are the unit vectors along 𝑥 -axis and 𝑦 -axis
respectively.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 126

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Vector in Space
The set of all ordered triples [𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧] of real numbers, together with
the rules of addition and scalar multiplication, is called the set of
vectors in 𝑹𝟑 .
For the vector 𝑢 = [𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧] = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 . 𝑥, 𝑦 and 𝑧 are called
components of 𝑢. Where 𝑖, 𝑗 and 𝑘 are the unit vectors along 𝑥-axis,
𝑦-axis and 𝑧-axis respectively.

Properties of Vectors
Vectors, both in the plane and in space, have the following properties:
Let 𝑢, 𝑣 and 𝑤 be vectors in the plane or in space and let 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅, then
(i) 𝑢 + 𝑣 = 𝑣 + 𝑢 (Commutative Property)
(ii) (𝑢 + 𝑣) + 𝑤 = 𝑢 + (𝑣 + 𝑤) (Associative Property)
(iii) 𝑢 + (−1)𝑢 = 𝑢 − 𝑢 = 0 (Inverse for vector addition)
(iv) 𝑎(𝑣 + 𝑤) = 𝑎𝑣 + 𝑎𝑤 (Distributive Property)
(v) 𝑎(𝑏𝑢) = (𝑎𝑏)𝑢 (Scalar Multiplication)
Distance between two points in Space
If 𝑂𝑃1 and 𝑂𝑃2 are the position vectors of points 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 , 𝑧1 ) and
𝑃2 (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 , 𝑧2 ), then

Distance between 𝑃1 and 𝑃2 = |𝑃1 𝑃2 | = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 + (𝑧2 − 𝑧1 )2

This is called Distance Formula between two points 𝑃1 and 𝑃2 in 𝑹𝟑 .
Direction Angles and Direction Cosines of a Vector
Let 𝑟 = 𝑂𝑃 ̅̅̅̅ = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 be a non-zero vector let 𝛼, 𝛽 and 𝛾
denote the angles formed between 𝑟 and the unit coordinate vectors
𝑖, 𝑗 and 𝑘 respectively.
Such that
0 ≤ 𝛼 ≤ 𝜋, 0 ≤ 𝛽 ≤ 𝜋, and 0≤𝛾≤𝜋
(i) The angles 𝛼, 𝛽 and 𝛾 are called the direction angles.
(ii) The numbers cos 𝛼 , cos 𝛽 and cos 𝛾 are called direction cosines of a vector 𝑟.
If 𝑟 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 then direction cosine of a vector 𝑟 are given as
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
cos 𝛼 = , cos 𝛽 = , cos 𝛾 =
|𝑟| |𝑟| |𝑟|

Important Result
cos2 𝛼 + cos 2 𝛽 + cos 2 𝛾 = 1

Scalar Product of two Vectors

Definition 1:

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 127

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Let two non-zero vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣, in the plane or in space, have same initial point. The dot
or Scalar product of 𝑢 and 𝑣, written as 𝑢. 𝑣, is defined by
𝑢. 𝑣 = |𝑢||𝑣| cos 𝜃 or 𝑢. 𝑣 = 𝑢𝑣 cos 𝜃
Where 𝜃 is the angle between 𝑢 and 𝑣 and 0 ≤ 𝜃 ≤ 𝜋.
Definition 2:
(i) If 𝑢 = 𝑎1 𝑖 + 𝑏1 𝑗and 𝑣 = 𝑎2 𝑖 + 𝑏2 𝑗 are two non-zero vectors in plane.
The dot product 𝑢. 𝑣 is defined by
𝑢. 𝑣 = 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2
(ii) If 𝑢 = 𝑎1 𝑖 + 𝑏1 𝑗 + 𝑐1 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 𝑎2 𝑖 + 𝑏2 𝑗 + 𝑐2 𝑘 are two non-zero vectors in space.
The dot product 𝑢. 𝑣 is defined by
𝑢. 𝑣 = 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 + 𝑐1 𝑐2

Note
The dot product is also referred to the scalar product or the inner product.
𝑖. 𝑖 = 𝑗. 𝑗 = 𝑘. 𝑘 = 1
𝑖. 𝑗 = 𝑗. 𝑘 = 𝑘. 𝑖 = 0

Perpendicular (Orthogonal) Vectors

Two non-zero vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are said to be perpendicular if and only if 𝑢. 𝑣 = 0.
𝜋
𝑢. 𝑣 = |𝑢||𝑣| cos 𝜃 = 0 ⇒ 𝜃 =
2
Properties of Dot Product
Let 𝑢, 𝑣 and 𝑤 be vectors and 𝑐 be a real number, then

(i) 𝑢. 𝑣 = 0 ⇒ 𝑢 = 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑣 = 0
(ii) 𝑢. 𝑣 = 𝑣. 𝑢 (Commutative Property)
(iii) 𝑢. (𝑣 + 𝑤) = 𝑢. 𝑣 + 𝑢. 𝑤 (Distributive Property)
(iv) (𝑐𝑢). 𝑣 = 𝑐(𝑢. 𝑣) (𝑐 is scalar)

Angle between two vectors

The angle between two vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 is determined from the definition of dot product,
that is
𝑢. 𝑣
𝑢. 𝑣 = |𝑢||𝑣| cos 𝜃 ⇒ cos 𝜃 =
|𝑢||𝑣|
Corollaries:
(i) If 𝜃 = 0 𝑜𝑟 𝜋, vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are collinear.
𝜋
(ii) If 𝜃 = 2 , then 𝑢. 𝑣 = 0. Vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are perpendicular (orthogonal).

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 128

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Projection of one vector upon another vector

̅̅̅̅ = 𝑢 and 𝑂𝐵
Let 𝑂𝐴 ̅̅̅̅ = 𝑣 be two vectors such that 𝜃 is the angle
between them and
0≤𝜃≤𝜋
̅̅̅̅̅ on 𝑂𝐴
Draw a perpendicular 𝐵𝑀 ̅̅̅̅ (𝐵𝑀
̅̅̅̅̅ ⊥ 𝑂𝐴
̅̅̅̅). Then ̅̅̅̅̅
𝑂𝑀 is called
projection of 𝑣 along 𝑢.
𝑢.𝑣
• Projection of 𝑣 along 𝑢 = |𝑢|
𝑢.𝑣
• Projection of 𝑢 along 𝑣 = |𝑣|

Vector Product of two Vectors

Definition 1:
Let 𝑢 and 𝑣 be two non-zero vectors. The Cross or Vector product of 𝑢 and 𝑣, written as
𝑢 × 𝑣, is defined by
𝑢 × 𝑣 = |𝑢||𝑣| sin 𝜃 𝑛̂
Where 𝜃 is the angle between 𝑢 and 𝑣 such that 0 ≤ 𝜃 ≤ 𝜋. And 𝑛̂ is a unit vector
perpendicular to the plane containing 𝑢 and 𝑣.
Definition 2:
If 𝑢 = 𝑎1 𝑖 + 𝑏1 𝑗 + 𝑐1 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 𝑎2 𝑖 + 𝑏2 𝑗 + 𝑐2 𝑘 are two non-zero vectors in space. The cross
product 𝑢 × 𝑣 is defined by
𝑖 𝑗 𝑘
𝑢 × 𝑣 = |𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 |
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2

Note
The vector product is also referred to the cross product.
𝑖×𝑖 = 𝑗×𝑗 =𝑘×𝑘 = 0
𝑖 × 𝑗 = 𝑘, 𝑗 × 𝑘 = 𝑖, 𝑘×𝑖 =𝑗
𝑗 × 𝑖 = −𝑘, 𝑘 × 𝑗 = −𝑖, 𝑖 × 𝑘 = −𝑗

Parallel Vectors
Two non-zero vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are said to be parallel if and only if 𝑢 × 𝑣 = 0.
𝑢 × 𝑣 = |𝑢||𝑣| sin 𝜃 𝑛̂ = 0 ⇒ 𝜃 = 0, 𝜋

Note
Zero Vector is both parallel and perpendicular to every vector.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 129

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Properties of Cross Product

Let 𝑢, 𝑣 and 𝑤 be vectors and 𝑘 be a real number, then

(i) 𝑢 × 𝑣 = 0 ⇒ 𝑢 = 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑣 = 0
(ii) 𝑢 × 𝑣 = −𝑣 × 𝑢 (Commutative Property)
(iii) 𝑢 × (𝑣 + 𝑤) = 𝑢 × 𝑣 + 𝑢 × 𝑤 (Distributive Property)
(iv) 𝑢 × (𝑘𝑣) = (𝑘𝑢) × 𝑣 = 𝑘(𝑢 × 𝑣) (𝑘 is scalar)
(v) 𝑢 × 𝑢 = 0

Area of Parallelogram
Let 𝑢 and 𝑣 be two non-zero vectors and 𝜃 is the angle between 𝑢 and 𝑣. Then |𝑢| and |𝑣|
represents the length of adjacent sides of a parallelogram, then
Area of Parallelogram = base × height
Area of Parallelogram = |𝑢 × 𝑣|

Area of Triangle
1
Area of Triangle = (Area of Parallelogram)
2
1
Area of Triangle = |𝑢 × 𝑣|
2
Where 𝑢 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑣 are adjacent sides of a triangle.
Scalar Triple Product of Vectors
Let 𝑢 = 𝑎1 𝑖 + 𝑏1 𝑗 + 𝑐1 𝑘, 𝑣 = 𝑎2 𝑖 + 𝑏2 𝑗 + 𝑐2 𝑘 and 𝑤 = 𝑎3 𝑖 + 𝑏3 𝑗 + 𝑐3 𝑘 be three vectors.
The scalar triple product of vectors 𝑢 , 𝑣 and 𝑤 is defined by
𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) or 𝑣. (𝑤 × 𝑢) or 𝑤. (𝑢 × 𝑣)
𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1
𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = |𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 |
𝑎3 𝑏3 𝑐3

Note
The scalar triple product 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) is written as
𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = [𝑢 𝑣 𝑤 ]
If we take vectors in cyclic order then
𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = 𝑣. (𝑤 × 𝑢) = 𝑤. (𝑢 × 𝑣)
The dot and cross are interchangeable.
𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = 𝑢 × (𝑣. 𝑤)
The value of product changes if the order is not cyclic.
Volume of Parallelepiped
The scalar triple product 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) represents the volume of parallelepiped having 𝑢 , 𝑣 and
𝑤 are conterminous edges.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 130

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1
Volume of Parallelepiped = 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = |𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 |
𝑎3 𝑏3 𝑐3
Volume of Tetrahedron
The volume of tetrahedron ABCD having 𝑢 , 𝑣 and 𝑤 are conterminous edges is given by
1 1
Volume of Tetrahedron = (𝑢 × 𝑣). 𝑤 = [𝑢 𝑣 𝑤]
6 6
Properties of Scalar Triple Product
(i) If 𝑢 , 𝑣 and 𝑤 are coplanar then the scalar triple product of vectors is zero.
i.e., the vectors 𝑢 , 𝑣 and 𝑤 are coplanar ⇔ 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = 0
(ii) If any two vectors of scalar triple product are equal, then its value is zero.
i.e., [𝑢 𝑢 𝑤 ] = [𝑢 𝑣 𝑣] = 0

Work Done
If a constant force 𝐹, applied to a body, acts at an angle 𝜃 to the direction of motion, then the
work done by 𝐹 is defined to be the product of the component of 𝐹 in the direction of the
displacement and the distance that the body moves.
Work done = (Force) (Dispalcement) = 𝐹. 𝑑
Work done = 𝐹. 𝐴𝐵
Moment of Force
Let a force 𝐹 act at a point P then moment of 𝐹 about O is given by
Moment of Force = 𝑂𝑃 × 𝐹 = 𝑟 × 𝐹

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 131

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

MCQ’s
Choose the correct Option.
1 A quantity which has only magnitude is called:
a Vector b Norm c Scalar d None
2 A quantity which has both magnitude and direction is called:
a Vector b Norm c Scalar d None
3 Mass, time and work are example of
a Vector b Norm c Scalar d None
4 Displacement, velocity and acceleration are examples of
a Vector b Norm c Scalar d None
5 Geometrically a vector is represented by
a |𝑉 | b 𝑣̂ c Directed line d None
segment
6 The magnitude of a vector 𝑣 is represented by
a |𝑣 | b 𝑣 c 𝑣̂ d Both a and b
7 The unit vector of a vector 𝑣 is defined as
a |𝑣 | b 𝑣 c 𝑣 d Both a and b
|𝑣 |
8 If terminal point B of a vector ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 coincides with its initial point A, which is called
a Zero vector b Null vector c Parallel vector d Both a and b
9 Two vectors have same magnitude but opposite direction is called
a Zero vector b Unit vector c Negative of each d Equal vector
other
10 Two vectors have same magnitude and same direction is called
a Zero vector b Unit vector c Negative of each d Equal vector
other
11 Two non-zero vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are said to be parallel if

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 132

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 𝑢×𝑣 =0 b 𝑢 = 𝑘𝑣 c 𝑢. 𝑣 = 0 d Both a and b

12 If initial point of a vector is considered with origin is called ___ vector.
a Position b Parallel c Perpendicular d None
13 The set of all ordered pairs [𝑥, 𝑦] of real numbers, together with the rules of addition
and scalar multiplication is called
a Vectors in R2 b Vectors in R3 c Vectors in R𝑛 d None
14 If 𝑣 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 then magnitude of 𝑣 is define as

a √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 b √𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 − 𝑧 2 c √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2 d None
15 If 𝑢 and 𝑣 be vectors then 𝑢 + 𝑣 = 𝑣 + 𝑢 is known as _____ property.
a Associative b Commutative c Distributive d None
16 If 𝑢 𝑣 and 𝑤 be vectors then (𝑢 + 𝑣) + 𝑤 = 𝑢 + (𝑣 + 𝑤) is known as___ property.
a Associative b Commutative c Distributive d None
17 𝑖 is called unit vector along
a 𝑥-axis b 𝑦-axis c 𝑧-axis d 𝑥𝑦-plane
18 𝑗 is called unit vector along

a 𝑥-axis b 𝑦-axis c 𝑧-axis d 𝑥𝑦-plane

19 𝑘 is called unit vector along
a 𝑥-axis b 𝑦-axis c 𝑧-axis d 𝑥𝑦-plane
20 If 𝛼 be direction angle then
a 0° ≤ 𝛼 ≤ 90° b 0° ≤ 𝛼 ≤ 180° c 0° ≤ 𝛼 < 90° d None
21 If 𝑣 be a vector and 𝑐 be a real number then |𝑐𝑣 | = ___
a 𝑐𝑣 b 𝑣 c 𝑐|𝑣 | d |𝑐 ||𝑣 |
22 If 𝛼, 𝛽 and 𝛾 are the direction angles then cos2 𝛼 + cos2 𝛽 + cos 2 𝛾 = ___
a 0 b −1 c 1 d 2
23 Direction cosines of x-axis is
a (1,0,0) b (0,1,0) c (0,0,1) d (1,1,1)
24 Direction cosines of y-axis is
a (1,0,0) b (0,1,0) c (0,0,1) d (1,1,1)
25 Direction cosines of z-axis is
a (1,0,0) b (0,1,0) c (0,0,1) d (1,1,1)

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 133

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

26 If 𝑟 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 makes angles 𝛼, 𝛽 and 𝛾 with x-axis, y-axis and z-axis then these

angles are called:

a Direction ratio b Direction cosine c Angles of vector d Direction angles
27 If 𝑟 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑧𝑘 makes angles 𝛼, 𝛽 and 𝛾 with x-axis, y-axis and z-axis. Then the
numbers cos 𝛼 , cos 𝛽 and cos 𝛾 are called:
a Direction ratio b Direction cosine c Angles of vector d Direction angles
28 If 𝑢 and 𝑣 are two vectors and 𝜃 be angle between them, then their dot product is
defined as 𝑢. 𝑣 = ___
a 𝑢. 𝑣 cos 𝜃 b 𝑢𝑣 cos 𝜃 c |𝑢||𝑣| cos 𝜃 d Both b and c
29 If 𝑢 = 𝑎1 𝑖 + 𝑏1 𝑗and 𝑣 = 𝑎2 𝑖 + 𝑏2 𝑗.Then their dot product 𝑢. 𝑣 is defined by
a 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 b 𝑎1 𝑏1 + 𝑎2 𝑏2 c 𝑎1 𝑏2 + 𝑎2 𝑏1 d 𝑎1 𝑎2 − 𝑏1 𝑏2
30 Dot product is also called
a Scalar product b Inner product c Cross product d Both a and b
31 𝑖. 𝑖 = ___
a 0 b −1 c 1 d 2
32 𝑘. 𝑗 = ___
a 0 b −1 c 1 d 2
33 Two non-zero vectors 𝑢 and 𝑣 are perpendicular iff
a 𝑢×𝑣 =0 b 𝑢. 𝑣 = 0 c 𝑢. 𝑣 = 1 d None
34 If 2𝑖 + 𝛼𝑗 + 5𝑘 and 3𝑖 + 𝑗 + 𝛼𝑘 are perpendicular then value of 𝛼 is
a 0 b 3 c 1 d −1
35 Projection of 𝑣 along 𝑢 is define as
a 𝑢. 𝑣 b 𝑢. 𝑣 c 𝑢. 𝑣 d None
|𝑢| |𝑣| 𝑢
36 The Cross or Vector product of 𝑢 and 𝑣, written as 𝑢 × 𝑣, is defined by
a |𝑢||𝑣| cos 𝜃 b 𝑢𝑣 cos 𝜃 c |𝑢||𝑣| sin 𝜃 𝑛̂ d None
37 𝑖 × 𝑖 = 𝑗 × 𝑗 = 𝑘 × 𝑘 = ___
a 0 b −1 c 1 d 𝑖
38 𝑖 × 𝑗 = ___

a 𝑖 b 𝑗 c 𝑘 d 0

39 𝑗 × 𝑖 = ___

a 𝑘 b 𝑗 c −𝑘 d 0

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 134

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

40 If 𝑢 and 𝑣 be non-zero vectors then 𝑢 × 𝑣 = ___

a 𝑢 b 𝑣×𝑢 c −𝑣 × 𝑢 d None
41 If 𝑢 be non-zero vectors then 𝑢 × 𝑢 = ___
a 𝑢 b 0 c 1 d −1
42 Let 𝑢 and 𝑣 be two non-zero vectors. |𝑢| and |𝑣| represents the length of adjacent sides
of a parallelogram, then area of parallelogram is
a 𝑢×𝑣 b 1 c |𝑢. 𝑣| d |𝑢 × 𝑣|
|𝑢 × 𝑣|
2
43 Area of Triangle = ___
a 𝑢×𝑣 b 1 c |𝑢. 𝑣| d |𝑢 × 𝑣|
|𝑢 × 𝑣|
2
44 If 𝑢 , 𝑣 and 𝑤 are vectors then 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) is equal
a 𝑢 × (𝑣 × 𝑤) b [𝑢 𝑣 𝑤] c [𝑢 𝑣 𝑣] d None
45 Magnitude of vector 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 𝑗 − 𝑘 is:

a √1 b √2 c √3 d √5
46 If 𝑢 = 2𝑖 + 7𝑗 + 9𝑘 then 𝑢 × 𝑢 =

a 7𝑗 b 0 c −1 d 3𝑖 + 5𝑗 + 19𝑘

47 Volume of Parallelepiped = ____

a 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) b 𝑢 × (𝑣 × 𝑤) c 1 𝑢 𝑣 𝑤] d |𝑢 × 𝑣|
[
6
48 Volume of Tetrahedron = _____
a 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) b 𝑢 × (𝑣 × 𝑤) c 1 𝑢 𝑣 𝑤] d |𝑢 × 𝑣|
[
6
49 Zero vector is both parallel and perpendicular to
a Every vector b Only to unit c Position vector d Parallel vector
vector
50 If a constant force 𝐹 displaces the body 𝐴 to 𝐵 then work done is
a 𝑂𝑃 × 𝐹 b 𝐹. 𝐴𝐵 c 𝐹 × 𝐴𝐵 d None

51 Moment about O of a force 𝐹 acting at a point P is

a 𝑂𝑃 × 𝐹 b 𝐹. 𝐴𝐵 c 𝐹 × 𝐴𝐵 d None

52 If |𝛼𝑖 + (𝛼 + 1)𝑗 + 2𝑘| = 3 then 𝛼 = __

a 1,2 b −1, −2 c −1,2 d 1, −2

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 135

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

53 A vector perpendicular to 𝑎 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏 = 4𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘

a −𝑖 + 6𝑗 + 8𝑘 b −𝑖 − 6𝑗 + 8𝑘 c 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 d None

54 If 𝑃 = (2,3) and 𝑄 = (6, −2) then ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗

𝑃𝑄 = ___
a 4𝑖 + 5𝑗 b −4𝑖 + 5𝑗 c 4𝑖 − 5𝑗 d 5𝑖 − 4𝑗

55 The position vector of a point 𝑃(−1,2,3) is:

a 𝑖 + 2𝑗 + 3𝑘 b 𝑖 − 2𝑗 − 3𝑘 c −𝑖 + 2𝑗 + 3𝑘 d −𝑖 − 2𝑗 − 3𝑘

56 If 𝑣 = − √3 𝑖 − 1 𝑗 , then |𝑣| = ___:

2 2

a 1 b 0 c 1 d 4
2
57 |cos 𝛼 𝑖 + sin 𝛼 𝑗 + 0𝑘| =?
a 1 b −1 c 0 d 2
58 If 𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 𝑘 and 𝜆𝑖 + 6𝑗 − 2𝑘 are parallel then 𝜆 =?

a −2 b 2 c 3 d −3
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ | = ___
59 If 𝑃 = (2,3) and 𝑄 = (6, −2) then |𝑃𝑄

a √40 b √41 c √42 d √43

60 Magnitude of the vector 2𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 4𝑘 is:

a 29 b √29 c 28 d √28
61 Magnitude of the vector 2𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 𝑘 is:

a √16 b √15 c √14 d √13

62 Length of the vector −𝑖 + 2𝑗 + 2𝑘 is:
a 3 b 4 c 5 d 6
63 Which is not unit vector.
a [1,0,0] b [0,1,0] c [0,0,1] d [1,1,1]
64 For a vector 𝑣 = 2𝑖 + 3𝑗 − 6𝑘 , then cos 𝛽 = __:

a 3 b 3 c 2 d 6
− −
7 7 7 7
65 Projection of 𝑎 = 𝑖 − 𝑘 along 𝑏 = 𝑗 + 𝑘 is:

a 1 b 3 c 1 d 1
−
√2 √2 √2 2
66 If the vectors 𝑢 = 2𝛼𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 𝑖 + 𝛼𝑗 + 4𝑘 are perpendicular then 𝛼 =?

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 136

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 1 b 2 c 4 d 3
3 3 3
67 Projection of 𝑢 along 𝑣 is define as
a 𝑢. 𝑣 b 𝑢. 𝑣 c 𝑢. 𝑣 d None
|𝑢| |𝑣| 𝑣
68 Cosine of the angle between two non-zero vectors 𝑎 and 𝑏 is:
a 𝑎. 𝑏 b 𝑎. 𝑏 c |𝑎||𝑏| d 𝑎×𝑏
|𝑎||𝑏| |𝑏| 𝑎. 𝑏 |𝑎||𝑏|
69 Sine of the angle between two non-zero vectors 𝑎 and 𝑏 is:
a 𝑎. 𝑏 b 𝑎. 𝑏 c |𝑎||𝑏| d 𝑎×𝑏
|𝑎||𝑏| |𝑏| 𝑎. 𝑏 |𝑎||𝑏|
70 If two vectors 𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝛼𝑘 and 𝑖 − 2𝑗 − 3𝑘 are perpendicular then value of 𝛼 is

a −2 b 3 c −1 d 1
71 The angle between the vectors 2𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 𝑘 and 2𝑖 − 𝑗 − 𝑘 is:

a 30° b 45° c 60° d 90°

72 The angle between the vectors 𝑖 + 𝑗 and 𝑖 − 𝑗 is:

a 0° b 𝜋 c 𝜋 d 𝜋
4 2
73 If the vectors 𝑢 = 2𝑖 + 4𝑗 − 7𝑘 and 𝑣 = 2𝑖 + 6𝑗 + 𝑥𝑘 are perpendicular then 𝑥 =?

a −4 b 4 c 28 d 0
74 The angle between the vectors 4𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘 and −𝑖 + 𝑗 − 2𝑘 is

a 30° b 45° c 60° d 90°

75 If the vectors 𝑢 = 𝑖 + 𝛼𝑗 − 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 2𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘 are perpendicular then 𝛼 =?

a 3 b 0 c −3 d 1
76 If the vectors 𝑢 = 3𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑥𝑘 are perpendicular then 𝑥 =?

a −8 b 5 c −1 d 1
77 Vector product of two vector is a:
a Scalar quantity b Unit vector c Vector quantity d Null vector
78 Scalar product of two vector is a:
a Scalar quantity b Unit vector c Vector quantity d Null vector
79 [𝑘 𝑖 𝑗] = _____

a 3 b 0 c −1 d 1

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 137

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

80 2𝑖 × 2𝑗. 𝑘 = ____

a 2 b 4 c −2 d −4
81 2𝑖 × 𝑗. 𝑘 = ____

a 2 b 0 c −1 d 1
82 [𝑖 𝑖 𝑘] = 𝑖. 𝑖 × 𝑘 = ____
a 2 b 0 c −1 d 1
83 If 𝑢 , 𝑣 and 𝑤 are coplanar then 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) = ___
a 2 b 0 c −1 d 1
84 𝑖. 𝑘 × 𝑗 = ____

a 2 b 0 c −1 d 1
85 [𝑖 𝑗 𝑘] = 𝑖. 𝑗 × 𝑘 = ____

a 2 b 0 c −1 d 1
86 If 𝐹 = 4𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 5𝑘 and 𝑑 = −𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 5𝑘, then work done is:

a 30 units b 45 units c 53 units d 47 units

87 Length of the vector 2𝑖 − 𝑗 − 2𝑘 is:

a 2 b 3 c 4 d 5
88 The non-zero vectors 𝑎 and 𝑏 are parallel iff 𝑎 × 𝑏 =
a 2 b 0 c −1 d 1
89 If 𝑎 and 𝑏 are two non-zero vectors then angle between 𝑎 and 𝑎 × 𝑏 is always:
a 30° b 45° c 60° d 90°
90 If any two vectors of scalar triple product are equal, then its value is:
a 0 b 180 c −1 d 1
91 𝑖 × 𝑘 = ____
a 𝑖 b 𝑗 c −𝑗 d 1

92 Area of a triangle whose adjacent sides are 3𝑖 + 4𝑗 and 12𝑖 + 9𝑗 is:

a 45 b 55 c 21 d 75
2 2 2 2
93 [2𝑘 𝑗 𝑖 ] is equal to:

a −2 b 0 c 2 d 1
94 (𝑖 × 𝑘) × 𝑗 = ___

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 138

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

a 0 b 1 c 𝑗 d −𝑗

95 2𝑗. (2𝑘 × 𝑖) = ___

a 𝟒 b 1 c 2 d −4

MCQ’s Answers Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
c a c a c d c d c d
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
d a a c b a a b c b
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
d c a b c d b d a d
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
c a b d a c a c c c
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
b d b b c b a c a b
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
a d a c c a a a b b
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
c a d a a c b a d d
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
d d b d c a c a d b
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
a b b c d a b b d a
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
c c a a a

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 139

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Short Questions

1. Define Unit Vector.
2. Define Equal Vectors.
3. Define Position Vector.
4. Find the unit vector in the same direction as the vector 𝑣 = [3, −4].
5. Find a unit vector in the direction of vector 𝑣 = 2𝑖 + 6𝑗
6. Find a unit vector in the direction of vector 𝑣 = [−2, 4].
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ in the form 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗. Where 𝑃(2,3), 𝑄(6, −2)
7. Write the vector 𝑃𝑄
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ in the form 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗. Where 𝑃(0,5), 𝑄(−1, −6)
8. Write the vector 𝑃𝑄
9. Find the magnitude of the vector 𝑢 = 𝑖 + 𝑗.
10. Find the magnitude of the vector 𝑢 = [3, −4].
11. If 𝑢 = 2𝑖 − 7𝑗, 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 6𝑗 and 𝑤 = −𝑖 + 𝑗. Find 2𝑢 − 3𝑣 + 4𝑤.
1 1 1
12. If 𝑢 = 2𝑖 − 7𝑗, 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 6𝑗 and 𝑤 = −𝑖 + 𝑗. Find 2 𝑢 + 2 𝑣 + 2 𝑤.
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
13. Find the sum of the vectors 𝐴𝐵 𝐶𝐷, given the four points 𝐴(1, −1), 𝐵(2 ,0 ), 𝐶(−1, 3)
and 𝐷(−2, 2).
14. Find the vector from the point 𝐴 to the origin where ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗𝐴𝐵 = 4𝑖 − 2𝑗 and 𝐵 is the point
(−2, 5).
15. Find a unit vector in the direction of vector 𝑣 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗.
1 √3
16. Find a unit vector in the direction of vector 𝑣 = 2
𝑖+
2
𝑗
√3 1
17. Find a unit vector in the direction of vector 𝑣 = − 2 𝑖 − 2 𝑗.
18. If 𝑂 is the origin and 𝑂𝑃 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 find the point P when 𝐴 and 𝐵 are (−3, 7) and (1, 0)
respectively.
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
19. If 𝐴𝐵 𝐶𝐷 find the coordinates of the point A when points 𝐵, 𝐶, 𝐷 are
(1, 2), (−2, 5), (4, 11) respectively.
20. Find the position vectors of the point of division of the line segments joining the following
pair of points, in the given ratio: Point C with position vector 2𝑖 − 3𝑗. and point D with
position vector 3𝑖 + 2𝑗.in the ratio 4 ∶ 3.
21. If 𝑢 = 2𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 𝑘, 𝑣 = 4𝑖 + 6𝑗 + 2𝑘. Then find 𝑢 + 2𝑣 and |𝑢 + 2𝑣|.
22. Define Direction Angles.
23. Define Direction Cosines of a Vector. Find direction cosines of 𝑣 = 𝑥𝑖 + 𝑦𝑗 + 𝑘.
24. Prove that 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛽 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛾 = 1.
25. Let 𝐴 = (2, 5), 𝐵 = (−1,1) and 𝐶 = (2, −6). Find (i) ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ − 2𝐶𝐴
(ii) 2𝐶𝐵 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
26. If 𝑢 = 𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘, 𝑣 = 3𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 2𝑘 and 𝑤 = 5𝑖 − 𝑗 + 3𝑘. Then find
(i) |𝑢 + 2𝑣| (ii) 𝑣 − 3𝑤 (iii) |3𝑣 + 𝑤|
27. Find magnitude and direction cosines of 𝑣 = 2𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 4𝑘.
28. Find magnitude and direction cosines of 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 𝑗 − 𝑘.

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 140

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

29. Find magnitude and direction cosines of 𝑣 = 4𝑖 − 5𝑗.

30. Find 𝛼, so that |𝛼𝑖 + (𝛼 + 1)𝑗 + 2𝑘| = 3.
31. Find a unit vector in the direction of vector 𝑣 = 𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘.
32. Find a vector whose magnitude is 4 and is parallel to 2𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 6𝑘.
33. Find a vector whose magnitude is 2 and is parallel to −𝑖 + 𝑗 + 𝑘.
34. Find the constant 𝛼 , so that the vectors 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 4𝑘 and 𝑤 = 𝛼𝑖 + 9𝑗 − 12𝑘 are
parallel.
35. Find a vector of length 5 in the direction opposite that of 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 3𝑘.
36. Find 𝑎 and 𝑏, so that the vectors 3𝑖 − 𝑗 + 4𝑘 and 𝑎𝑖 + 𝑏𝑗 − 2𝑘 are parallel.
37. Find the direction cosines of 𝑣 = 3𝑖 − 𝑗 + 2𝑘.
38. Find the direction cosines of 𝑣 = 6𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘.
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ , where 𝑃 = (2,1,5) and 𝑄 = (1,3,1).
39. Find the direction cosines of 𝑃𝑄
40. Is 45°, 45°, 60° can be the direction angles of a single vector.
41. Define Scalar Product of two vectors.
42. Define Perpendicular (Orthogonal) Vectors.
43. Write properties of Dot Product.
44. Find the angle between the vectors 𝑢 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 and 𝑣 = −𝑖 + 𝑗.
45. Find a scalar 𝛼 so that the vectors 2𝑖 + 𝛼𝑗 + 5𝑘 and 3𝑖 + 𝑗 + 𝛼𝑘 are perpendicular.
46. Find cosine of the angle between 𝑢 = 3𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 .
47. Find cosine of the angle between 𝑢 = 𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 4𝑘 and 𝑣 = 4𝑖 − 𝑗 + 3𝑘 .
48. Find cosine of the angle between 𝑢 = [−3,5] and 𝑣 = [6, −2] .
49. Find cosine of the angle between 𝑢 = [2, −3,1] and 𝑣 = [2,4,1] .
50. Calculate the projection of 𝑎 along 𝑏 and projection of 𝑏 along 𝑎 when
𝑎 =𝑖−𝑘, 𝑏 =𝑗+𝑘
51. Calculate the projection of 𝑎 along 𝑏 and projection of 𝑏 along 𝑎 when
𝑎 = 3𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘 , 𝑏 = −2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘
52. Find a scalar 𝛼 so that the vectors 𝑢 = 2𝛼𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 𝑖 + 𝛼𝑗 + 4𝑘 are
perpendicular.
53. Find a scalar 𝛼 so that the vectors 𝑢 = 𝛼𝑖 + 2𝛼𝑗 − 𝑘 and 𝑣 = 𝑖 + 𝛼𝑗 + 3𝑘 are
perpendicular.
54. If 𝑣 is a vector for which 𝑣. 𝑖 = 0, 𝑣. 𝑗 = 0, 𝑣. 𝑘 = 0, find 𝑣.
55. Show that the vectors 3𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘, 𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 5𝑘 and 2𝑖 + 𝑗 − 4𝑘 from a right angle.
56. Show that the set of points 𝑃 = (1,3,2), 𝑄(4,1,4) and 𝑅 = (6,5,5) from a right triangle.
57. Define Cross Product of two vectors.
58. Write properties of Cross Product.
59. Find a vector perpendicular to each of the vectors 𝑎 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏 = 4𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘.
60. Find area of the parallelogram whose vertices are 𝑃(0, 0, 0), 𝑄(−1, 2, 4), 𝑅(2, −1, 4) and
𝑆(1, 1, 8).
61. Compute the cross product 𝑎 × 𝑏 and 𝑏 × 𝑎. If 𝑎 = 2𝑖 + 𝑗 − 𝑘 , 𝑏 = 𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 .

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 141

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

62. Compute the cross product 𝑎 × 𝑏 and 𝑏 × 𝑎. If 𝑎 = 𝑖 + 𝑗 , 𝑏 = 𝑖 − 𝑗 .

63. Compute the cross product 𝑎 × 𝑏 and 𝑏 × 𝑎. If 𝑎 = 3𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘 , 𝑏 = 𝑖 + 𝑗 .
64. Compute the cross product 𝑎 × 𝑏 and 𝑏 × 𝑎. If 𝑎 = −4𝑖 + 𝑗 − 2𝑘 , 𝑏 = 2𝑖 + 𝑗 + 𝑘 .
65. Find a unit vector perpendicular to the plane containing 𝑎 and 𝑏. If 𝑎 = 𝑖 + 𝑗 , 𝑏 = 𝑖 − 𝑗.
66. Find a unit vector perpendicular to the plane containing 𝑎 and 𝑏.
If 𝑎 = −𝑖 − 𝑗 − 𝑘 , 𝑏 = 2𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 4𝑘.
67. Find a unit vector perpendicular to the plane containing 𝑎 and 𝑏.
If 𝑎 = 2𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 4𝑘 , 𝑏 = −𝑖 + 𝑗 − 2𝑘.
68. Find area of the triangle PQR with vertices 𝑃(0, 0, 0), 𝑄(2, 3, 2), 𝑅(−1, 1, 4).
69. Find area of parallelogram whose vertices are 𝐴(0, 0, 0), 𝐵(1, 2, 3), 𝐶(2, −1, 1), 𝐷(3, 1, 4)
70. Find area of parallelogram whose vertices are
𝐴(1, 2, −1), 𝐵(4, 2, −3), 𝐶(6, −5, 2), 𝐷(9, −5, 0)
71. Find area of parallelogram whose vertices are
𝐴(−1, 1, 1), 𝐵(−1, 2, 2), 𝐶(−3, 4, −5), 𝐷(−3, 5, −4)
72. Which vectors, if any, are perpendicular or parallel
𝑢 = 5𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘, 𝑣 = 𝑗 − 5𝑘, 𝑤 = −15𝑖 + 3𝑗 − 3𝑘
73. Prove that 𝑎 × (𝑏 + 𝑐) + 𝑏 × (𝑐 + 𝑎) + 𝑐 × (𝑎 + 𝑏) = 0.
74. If 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 0, then prove that 𝑎 × 𝑏 = 𝑏 × 𝑐 = 𝑐 × 𝑎.
75. If 𝑎 × 𝑏 = 0 and 𝑎 . 𝑏 = 0, what conclusion can be drawn from 𝑎 or 𝑏 ?
76. Define Scalar Triple Product.
77. Write formula to find volume of parallelepiped and tetrahedron.
78. Find volume of the parallelepiped determined by
𝑢 = 𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘, 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 3𝑘, 𝑤 = 𝑖 − 7𝑗 − 4𝑘
79. Find the value of 𝛼 so that the vectors 𝛼𝑖 + 𝑗 , 𝑖 + 𝑗 + 3𝑘 and 2𝑖 + 𝑗 − 2𝑘 are coplanar.
80. Find the work done by a constant force 𝐹 = 2𝑖 + 4𝑗, if its points of application to a body
moves it from 𝐴(1, 1) to 𝐵(4, 6).
81. Find volume of the parallelepiped with the given vectors
𝑢 = 3𝑖 + 2𝑘, 𝑣 = 𝑖 + 2𝑗 + 𝑘, 𝑤 = −𝑗 + 4𝑘
82. Find volume of the parallelepiped with the given vectors
𝑢 = 𝑖 − 4𝑗 − 𝑘, 𝑣 = 𝑖 − 𝑗 − 2𝑘, 𝑤 = 2𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 𝑘
83. Find volume of the parallelepiped with the given vectors
𝑢 = 𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 3𝑘, 𝑣 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 − 𝑘, 𝑤 =𝑗+𝑘
84. Prove that the vectors 𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 3𝑘 , −2𝑖 + 3𝑗 − 4𝑘 and 𝑖 − 3𝑗 + 5𝑘 are coplanar.
85. Find the constant 𝛼 so that the vectors 𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘 , 𝑖 − 2𝑗 − 3𝑘 and 3𝑖 − 𝛼𝑗 + 5𝑘 are
coplanar.
86. Find the constant 𝛼 so that the vectors 𝑖 − 2𝛼𝑗 − 𝑘 , 𝑖 − 𝑗 + 2𝑘 and 𝛼𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘 are
coplanar.
87. Find the value of 2𝑖 × 2𝑗. 𝑘 .
88. Find the value of 3𝑗. 𝑘 × 𝑖 .
89. Find the value of [𝑘 𝑖 𝑗].

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 142

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

90. Find the value of [𝑖 𝑖 𝑘].

91. Prove that 𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤) + 𝑣. (𝑤 × 𝑢) + 𝑤. (𝑢 × 𝑣) = 3𝑢. (𝑣 × 𝑤).
92. Find the work done, if the point at which the constant force 𝐹 = 4𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 5𝑘 is applied to
an object, moves from 𝑃1 (3,1, −2) to 𝑃2 (2,4,6) .
93. A force 𝐹 = 3𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 4𝑘 is applied at the point (1, −1, 2). Find the moment of the force
about the point (2, −1, 3).
94. A force 𝐹 = 4𝑖 − 3𝑘 , passes through the point 𝐴(2, −2,5). Find the moment of F about
the point 𝐵(1, −3,1).
95. Given a force 𝐹 = 2𝑖 + 𝑗 − 3𝑘 acting at a point 𝐴(1, −2, 1). Find the moment of F about
the point 𝐵(2, 0, −2).
96. A force 𝐹 = 7𝑖 + 4𝑗 − 3𝑘 is applied at 𝑃(1, −2,3). Find its moment about the point
𝑄(2,1,1).

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 143

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

Important Long Questions

1. Use vectors, to prove that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
2. Prove that the line segment joining the mid points of two sides of a triangle is parallel to
the third side and half as long.
3. Prove that the line segments joining the mid points of the sides of a quadrilateral taken in
order form a parallelogram.
4. The position vectors of the points 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 and 𝐷 are 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 𝑘, 3𝑖 + 𝑗, 2𝑖 + 4𝑗 − 2𝑘 and
−𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘 respectively. Show that ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 is parallel to ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐶𝐷.
5. Using Vectors, prove that in any triangle ABC, 𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 2𝑏𝑐 cos 𝐴.
6. Using Vectors, prove that in any triangle ABC, 𝑎 = 𝑏 cos 𝐶 + 𝑐 cos 𝐵.
7. Using Vectors, prove that cos(𝛼 − 𝛽) = cos 𝛼 cos 𝛽 + sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽
8. Show that midpoint of hypotenuse a right triangle is equidistant from its vertices.
9. Prove that perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle are concurrent.
10. Prove that the altitudes of a triangle are concurrent.
11. Prove that the angle in a semi-circle is a right angle.
12. Using Vectors, prove that cos(𝛼 + 𝛽) = cos 𝛼 cos 𝛽 − sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽
13. Using Vectors, prove that in any triangle ABC, 𝑐 = 𝑎 cos 𝐵 + 𝑏 cos 𝐴.
14. Using Vectors, prove that in any triangle ABC, 𝑏 2 = 𝑐 2 +𝑎2 − 2𝑐𝑎 cos 𝐵.
15. Using Vectors, prove that in any triangle ABC, 𝑐 2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏 cos 𝐶.
16. If 𝑎 = 4𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 𝑘 and 𝑏 = 2𝑖 − 𝑗 + 2𝑘. Find a unit vector perpendicular to both 𝑎 and
𝑏. Also find the sine of the angle between the vectors 𝑎 and 𝑏.
17. Using Vectors, prove that sin (𝛼 + 𝛽) = sin 𝛼 cos 𝛽 + cos 𝛼 sin 𝛽
18. Using Vectors, in any triangle ABC, prove that
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
= =
sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵 sin 𝐶
19. Find the area of the triangle with vertices 𝐴(1, −1, 1), 𝐵(2, 1, −1) and 𝐶(−1, 1, 2). Also
find a unit vector perpendicular to the plane ABC.
20. Find a unit vector perpendicular to the plane containing 𝑎 and 𝑏. Also find the sine of the
angle between the vectors 𝑎 and 𝑏. If 𝑎 = 2𝑖 − 6𝑗 − 3𝑘 and 𝑏 = 4𝑖 + 3𝑗 − 𝑘.
21. Which vectors, if any, are perpendicular or parallel
𝜋 𝜋
𝑢 = 𝑖 + 2𝑗 − 𝑘, 𝑣 = −𝑖 + 𝑗 + 𝑘, 𝑤 = − 𝑖 − 𝜋𝑗 + 𝑘
2 2
22. Using Vectors, prove that sin (𝛼 − 𝛽) = sin 𝛼 cos 𝛽 − cos 𝛼 sin 𝛽
23. Prove that four points 𝐴(−3, 5, −4), 𝐵(−1, 1, 1), 𝐶(−1, 2, 2) and 𝐷(−3, 4, −5) are
coplanar.
24. Find the volume of the tetrahedron whose vertices are 𝐴(2, 1, 8), 𝐵(3, 2, 9) , 𝐶(2, 1, 4) and
𝐷(3, 3, 0).
25. Prove that the points whose position vectors are 𝐴 (−6𝑖 + 3𝑗 + 2𝑘) , 𝐵 (3𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 4𝑘) ,
𝐶 (5𝑖 + 7𝑗 + 3𝑘) , 𝐷(−13𝑖 + 17𝑗 − 𝑘) are coplanar.
26. Find volume of the Tetrahedron with the vertices (0, 1, 2), (3, 2, 1), (1, 2, 1) and (5, 5, 6).
27. Find volume of the Tetrahedron with the vertices (2, 1, 8), (3, 2, 9), (2, 1, 4) and (3, 3, 10).

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 144

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

28. A particle, acted by constant forces 4𝑖 + 𝑗 − 3𝑘 and 3𝑖 − 𝑗 − 𝑘 , is displaced from

𝐴(1, 2, 3) to 𝐵(5, 4, 1). Find the work done.
29. A force of magnitude 6 units acting parallel to 2𝑖 − 2𝑗 + 𝑘 displaces, the point of
application from (1, 2, 3) to (5, 3, 7). Find the work done.

……THE END……

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 145

Objective Mathematics 12th Shahbaz Notes

EAT
SLEEP
MATH
REPEAT

WRITTEN BY MUHAMMAD SHAHBAZ 146